Fix for powerpc/c4x problem with missed loop optimizations.
[gcc.git] / gcc / loop.c
1 /* Perform various loop optimizations, including strength reduction.
2 Copyright (C) 1987, 88, 89, 91-97, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3
4 This file is part of GNU CC.
5
6 GNU CC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
7 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
8 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
9 any later version.
10
11 GNU CC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
12 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
13 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
14 GNU General Public License for more details.
15
16 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
17 along with GNU CC; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
18 the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
19 Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
20
21
22 /* This is the loop optimization pass of the compiler.
23 It finds invariant computations within loops and moves them
24 to the beginning of the loop. Then it identifies basic and
25 general induction variables. Strength reduction is applied to the general
26 induction variables, and induction variable elimination is applied to
27 the basic induction variables.
28
29 It also finds cases where
30 a register is set within the loop by zero-extending a narrower value
31 and changes these to zero the entire register once before the loop
32 and merely copy the low part within the loop.
33
34 Most of the complexity is in heuristics to decide when it is worth
35 while to do these things. */
36
37 #include "config.h"
38 #include "system.h"
39 #include "rtl.h"
40 #include "obstack.h"
41 #include "expr.h"
42 #include "insn-config.h"
43 #include "insn-flags.h"
44 #include "regs.h"
45 #include "hard-reg-set.h"
46 #include "recog.h"
47 #include "flags.h"
48 #include "real.h"
49 #include "loop.h"
50 #include "except.h"
51 #include "toplev.h"
52
53 /* Vector mapping INSN_UIDs to luids.
54 The luids are like uids but increase monotonically always.
55 We use them to see whether a jump comes from outside a given loop. */
56
57 int *uid_luid;
58
59 /* Indexed by INSN_UID, contains the ordinal giving the (innermost) loop
60 number the insn is contained in. */
61
62 int *uid_loop_num;
63
64 /* 1 + largest uid of any insn. */
65
66 int max_uid_for_loop;
67
68 /* 1 + luid of last insn. */
69
70 static int max_luid;
71
72 /* Number of loops detected in current function. Used as index to the
73 next few tables. */
74
75 static int max_loop_num;
76
77 /* Indexed by loop number, contains the first and last insn of each loop. */
78
79 static rtx *loop_number_loop_starts, *loop_number_loop_ends;
80
81 /* For each loop, gives the containing loop number, -1 if none. */
82
83 int *loop_outer_loop;
84
85 #ifdef HAVE_decrement_and_branch_on_count
86 /* Records whether resource in use by inner loop. */
87
88 int *loop_used_count_register;
89 #endif /* HAVE_decrement_and_branch_on_count */
90
91 /* For each loop, keep track of its unrolling factor.
92 Potential values:
93 0: unrolled
94 1: not unrolled.
95 -1: completely unrolled
96 >0: holds the unroll exact factor. */
97 int *loop_unroll_factor;
98
99 /* Indexed by loop number, contains a nonzero value if the "loop" isn't
100 really a loop (an insn outside the loop branches into it). */
101
102 static char *loop_invalid;
103
104 /* Indexed by loop number, links together all LABEL_REFs which refer to
105 code labels outside the loop. Used by routines that need to know all
106 loop exits, such as final_biv_value and final_giv_value.
107
108 This does not include loop exits due to return instructions. This is
109 because all bivs and givs are pseudos, and hence must be dead after a
110 return, so the presense of a return does not affect any of the
111 optimizations that use this info. It is simpler to just not include return
112 instructions on this list. */
113
114 rtx *loop_number_exit_labels;
115
116 /* Indexed by loop number, counts the number of LABEL_REFs on
117 loop_number_exit_labels for this loop and all loops nested inside it. */
118
119 int *loop_number_exit_count;
120
121 /* Holds the number of loop iterations. It is zero if the number could not be
122 calculated. Must be unsigned since the number of iterations can
123 be as high as 2^wordsize-1. For loops with a wider iterator, this number
124 will be zero if the number of loop iterations is too large for an
125 unsigned integer to hold. */
126
127 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT loop_n_iterations;
128
129 /* Nonzero if there is a subroutine call in the current loop. */
130
131 static int loop_has_call;
132
133 /* Nonzero if there is a volatile memory reference in the current
134 loop. */
135
136 static int loop_has_volatile;
137
138 /* Added loop_continue which is the NOTE_INSN_LOOP_CONT of the
139 current loop. A continue statement will generate a branch to
140 NEXT_INSN (loop_continue). */
141
142 static rtx loop_continue;
143
144 /* Indexed by register number, contains the number of times the reg
145 is set during the loop being scanned.
146 During code motion, a negative value indicates a reg that has been
147 made a candidate; in particular -2 means that it is an candidate that
148 we know is equal to a constant and -1 means that it is an candidate
149 not known equal to a constant.
150 After code motion, regs moved have 0 (which is accurate now)
151 while the failed candidates have the original number of times set.
152
153 Therefore, at all times, == 0 indicates an invariant register;
154 < 0 a conditionally invariant one. */
155
156 static varray_type n_times_set;
157
158 /* Original value of n_times_set; same except that this value
159 is not set negative for a reg whose sets have been made candidates
160 and not set to 0 for a reg that is moved. */
161
162 static varray_type n_times_used;
163
164 /* Index by register number, 1 indicates that the register
165 cannot be moved or strength reduced. */
166
167 static varray_type may_not_optimize;
168
169 /* Nonzero means reg N has already been moved out of one loop.
170 This reduces the desire to move it out of another. */
171
172 static char *moved_once;
173
174 /* Array of MEMs that are stored in this loop. If there are too many to fit
175 here, we just turn on unknown_address_altered. */
176
177 #define NUM_STORES 30
178 static rtx loop_store_mems[NUM_STORES];
179
180 /* Index of first available slot in above array. */
181 static int loop_store_mems_idx;
182
183 typedef struct loop_mem_info {
184 rtx mem; /* The MEM itself. */
185 rtx reg; /* Corresponding pseudo, if any. */
186 int optimize; /* Nonzero if we can optimize access to this MEM. */
187 } loop_mem_info;
188
189 /* Array of MEMs that are used (read or written) in this loop, but
190 cannot be aliased by anything in this loop, except perhaps
191 themselves. In other words, if loop_mems[i] is altered during the
192 loop, it is altered by an expression that is rtx_equal_p to it. */
193
194 static loop_mem_info *loop_mems;
195
196 /* The index of the next available slot in LOOP_MEMS. */
197
198 static int loop_mems_idx;
199
200 /* The number of elements allocated in LOOP_MEMs. */
201
202 static int loop_mems_allocated;
203
204 /* Nonzero if we don't know what MEMs were changed in the current loop.
205 This happens if the loop contains a call (in which case `loop_has_call'
206 will also be set) or if we store into more than NUM_STORES MEMs. */
207
208 static int unknown_address_altered;
209
210 /* Count of movable (i.e. invariant) instructions discovered in the loop. */
211 static int num_movables;
212
213 /* Count of memory write instructions discovered in the loop. */
214 static int num_mem_sets;
215
216 /* Number of loops contained within the current one, including itself. */
217 static int loops_enclosed;
218
219 /* Bound on pseudo register number before loop optimization.
220 A pseudo has valid regscan info if its number is < max_reg_before_loop. */
221 int max_reg_before_loop;
222
223 /* This obstack is used in product_cheap_p to allocate its rtl. It
224 may call gen_reg_rtx which, in turn, may reallocate regno_reg_rtx.
225 If we used the same obstack that it did, we would be deallocating
226 that array. */
227
228 static struct obstack temp_obstack;
229
230 /* This is where the pointer to the obstack being used for RTL is stored. */
231
232 extern struct obstack *rtl_obstack;
233
234 #define obstack_chunk_alloc xmalloc
235 #define obstack_chunk_free free
236 \f
237 /* During the analysis of a loop, a chain of `struct movable's
238 is made to record all the movable insns found.
239 Then the entire chain can be scanned to decide which to move. */
240
241 struct movable
242 {
243 rtx insn; /* A movable insn */
244 rtx set_src; /* The expression this reg is set from. */
245 rtx set_dest; /* The destination of this SET. */
246 rtx dependencies; /* When INSN is libcall, this is an EXPR_LIST
247 of any registers used within the LIBCALL. */
248 int consec; /* Number of consecutive following insns
249 that must be moved with this one. */
250 int regno; /* The register it sets */
251 short lifetime; /* lifetime of that register;
252 may be adjusted when matching movables
253 that load the same value are found. */
254 short savings; /* Number of insns we can move for this reg,
255 including other movables that force this
256 or match this one. */
257 unsigned int cond : 1; /* 1 if only conditionally movable */
258 unsigned int force : 1; /* 1 means MUST move this insn */
259 unsigned int global : 1; /* 1 means reg is live outside this loop */
260 /* If PARTIAL is 1, GLOBAL means something different:
261 that the reg is live outside the range from where it is set
262 to the following label. */
263 unsigned int done : 1; /* 1 inhibits further processing of this */
264
265 unsigned int partial : 1; /* 1 means this reg is used for zero-extending.
266 In particular, moving it does not make it
267 invariant. */
268 unsigned int move_insn : 1; /* 1 means that we call emit_move_insn to
269 load SRC, rather than copying INSN. */
270 unsigned int move_insn_first:1;/* Same as above, if this is necessary for the
271 first insn of a consecutive sets group. */
272 unsigned int is_equiv : 1; /* 1 means a REG_EQUIV is present on INSN. */
273 enum machine_mode savemode; /* Nonzero means it is a mode for a low part
274 that we should avoid changing when clearing
275 the rest of the reg. */
276 struct movable *match; /* First entry for same value */
277 struct movable *forces; /* An insn that must be moved if this is */
278 struct movable *next;
279 };
280
281 static struct movable *the_movables;
282
283 FILE *loop_dump_stream;
284
285 /* Forward declarations. */
286
287 static void find_and_verify_loops PROTO((rtx));
288 static void mark_loop_jump PROTO((rtx, int));
289 static void prescan_loop PROTO((rtx, rtx));
290 static int reg_in_basic_block_p PROTO((rtx, rtx));
291 static int consec_sets_invariant_p PROTO((rtx, int, rtx));
292 static rtx libcall_other_reg PROTO((rtx, rtx));
293 static int labels_in_range_p PROTO((rtx, int));
294 static void count_one_set PROTO((rtx, rtx, varray_type, rtx *));
295
296 static void count_loop_regs_set PROTO((rtx, rtx, varray_type, varray_type,
297 int *, int));
298 static void note_addr_stored PROTO((rtx, rtx));
299 static int loop_reg_used_before_p PROTO((rtx, rtx, rtx, rtx, rtx));
300 static void scan_loop PROTO((rtx, rtx, int, int));
301 #if 0
302 static void replace_call_address PROTO((rtx, rtx, rtx));
303 #endif
304 static rtx skip_consec_insns PROTO((rtx, int));
305 static int libcall_benefit PROTO((rtx));
306 static void ignore_some_movables PROTO((struct movable *));
307 static void force_movables PROTO((struct movable *));
308 static void combine_movables PROTO((struct movable *, int));
309 static int regs_match_p PROTO((rtx, rtx, struct movable *));
310 static int rtx_equal_for_loop_p PROTO((rtx, rtx, struct movable *));
311 static void add_label_notes PROTO((rtx, rtx));
312 static void move_movables PROTO((struct movable *, int, int, rtx, rtx, int));
313 static int count_nonfixed_reads PROTO((rtx));
314 static void strength_reduce PROTO((rtx, rtx, rtx, int, rtx, rtx, int, int));
315 static void find_single_use_in_loop PROTO((rtx, rtx, varray_type));
316 static int valid_initial_value_p PROTO((rtx, rtx, int, rtx));
317 static void find_mem_givs PROTO((rtx, rtx, int, rtx, rtx));
318 static void record_biv PROTO((struct induction *, rtx, rtx, rtx, rtx, int, int));
319 static void check_final_value PROTO((struct induction *, rtx, rtx));
320 static void record_giv PROTO((struct induction *, rtx, rtx, rtx, rtx, rtx, int, enum g_types, int, rtx *, rtx, rtx));
321 static void update_giv_derive PROTO((rtx));
322 static int basic_induction_var PROTO((rtx, enum machine_mode, rtx, rtx, rtx *, rtx *));
323 static rtx simplify_giv_expr PROTO((rtx, int *));
324 static int general_induction_var PROTO((rtx, rtx *, rtx *, rtx *, int, int *));
325 static int consec_sets_giv PROTO((int, rtx, rtx, rtx, rtx *, rtx *));
326 static int check_dbra_loop PROTO((rtx, int, rtx));
327 static rtx express_from_1 PROTO((rtx, rtx, rtx));
328 static rtx express_from PROTO((struct induction *, struct induction *));
329 static rtx combine_givs_p PROTO((struct induction *, struct induction *));
330 static void combine_givs PROTO((struct iv_class *));
331 static int product_cheap_p PROTO((rtx, rtx));
332 static int maybe_eliminate_biv PROTO((struct iv_class *, rtx, rtx, int, int, int));
333 static int maybe_eliminate_biv_1 PROTO((rtx, rtx, struct iv_class *, int, rtx));
334 static int last_use_this_basic_block PROTO((rtx, rtx));
335 static void record_initial PROTO((rtx, rtx));
336 static void update_reg_last_use PROTO((rtx, rtx));
337 static rtx next_insn_in_loop PROTO((rtx, rtx, rtx, rtx));
338 static void load_mems_and_recount_loop_regs_set PROTO((rtx, rtx, rtx,
339 rtx, varray_type,
340 int *));
341 static void load_mems PROTO((rtx, rtx, rtx, rtx));
342 static int insert_loop_mem PROTO((rtx *, void *));
343 static int replace_loop_mem PROTO((rtx *, void *));
344 static int replace_label PROTO((rtx *, void *));
345
346 typedef struct rtx_and_int {
347 rtx r;
348 int i;
349 } rtx_and_int;
350
351 typedef struct rtx_pair {
352 rtx r1;
353 rtx r2;
354 } rtx_pair;
355
356 /* Nonzero iff INSN is between START and END, inclusive. */
357 #define INSN_IN_RANGE_P(INSN, START, END) \
358 (INSN_UID (INSN) < max_uid_for_loop \
359 && INSN_LUID (INSN) >= INSN_LUID (START) \
360 && INSN_LUID (INSN) <= INSN_LUID (END))
361
362 #ifdef HAVE_decrement_and_branch_on_count
363 /* Test whether BCT applicable and safe. */
364 static void insert_bct PROTO((rtx, rtx));
365
366 /* Auxiliary function that inserts the BCT pattern into the loop. */
367 static void instrument_loop_bct PROTO((rtx, rtx, rtx));
368 #endif /* HAVE_decrement_and_branch_on_count */
369
370 /* Indirect_jump_in_function is computed once per function. */
371 int indirect_jump_in_function = 0;
372 static int indirect_jump_in_function_p PROTO((rtx));
373
374 \f
375 /* Relative gain of eliminating various kinds of operations. */
376 static int add_cost;
377 #if 0
378 static int shift_cost;
379 static int mult_cost;
380 #endif
381
382 /* Benefit penalty, if a giv is not replaceable, i.e. must emit an insn to
383 copy the value of the strength reduced giv to its original register. */
384 static int copy_cost;
385
386 /* Cost of using a register, to normalize the benefits of a giv. */
387 static int reg_address_cost;
388
389
390 void
391 init_loop ()
392 {
393 char *free_point = (char *) oballoc (1);
394 rtx reg = gen_rtx_REG (word_mode, LAST_VIRTUAL_REGISTER + 1);
395
396 add_cost = rtx_cost (gen_rtx_PLUS (word_mode, reg, reg), SET);
397
398 #ifdef ADDRESS_COST
399 reg_address_cost = ADDRESS_COST (reg);
400 #else
401 reg_address_cost = rtx_cost (reg, MEM);
402 #endif
403
404 /* We multiply by 2 to reconcile the difference in scale between
405 these two ways of computing costs. Otherwise the cost of a copy
406 will be far less than the cost of an add. */
407
408 copy_cost = 2 * 2;
409
410 /* Free the objects we just allocated. */
411 obfree (free_point);
412
413 /* Initialize the obstack used for rtl in product_cheap_p. */
414 gcc_obstack_init (&temp_obstack);
415 }
416 \f
417 /* Entry point of this file. Perform loop optimization
418 on the current function. F is the first insn of the function
419 and DUMPFILE is a stream for output of a trace of actions taken
420 (or 0 if none should be output). */
421
422 void
423 loop_optimize (f, dumpfile, unroll_p, bct_p)
424 /* f is the first instruction of a chain of insns for one function */
425 rtx f;
426 FILE *dumpfile;
427 int unroll_p, bct_p;
428 {
429 register rtx insn;
430 register int i;
431 rtx last_insn;
432
433 loop_dump_stream = dumpfile;
434
435 init_recog_no_volatile ();
436
437 max_reg_before_loop = max_reg_num ();
438
439 moved_once = (char *) alloca (max_reg_before_loop);
440 bzero (moved_once, max_reg_before_loop);
441
442 regs_may_share = 0;
443
444 /* Count the number of loops. */
445
446 max_loop_num = 0;
447 for (insn = f; insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
448 {
449 if (GET_CODE (insn) == NOTE
450 && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn) == NOTE_INSN_LOOP_BEG)
451 max_loop_num++;
452 }
453
454 /* Don't waste time if no loops. */
455 if (max_loop_num == 0)
456 return;
457
458 /* Get size to use for tables indexed by uids.
459 Leave some space for labels allocated by find_and_verify_loops. */
460 max_uid_for_loop = get_max_uid () + 1 + max_loop_num * 32;
461
462 uid_luid = (int *) alloca (max_uid_for_loop * sizeof (int));
463 uid_loop_num = (int *) alloca (max_uid_for_loop * sizeof (int));
464
465 bzero ((char *) uid_luid, max_uid_for_loop * sizeof (int));
466 bzero ((char *) uid_loop_num, max_uid_for_loop * sizeof (int));
467
468 /* Allocate tables for recording each loop. We set each entry, so they need
469 not be zeroed. */
470 loop_number_loop_starts = (rtx *) alloca (max_loop_num * sizeof (rtx));
471 loop_number_loop_ends = (rtx *) alloca (max_loop_num * sizeof (rtx));
472 loop_outer_loop = (int *) alloca (max_loop_num * sizeof (int));
473 loop_invalid = (char *) alloca (max_loop_num * sizeof (char));
474 loop_number_exit_labels = (rtx *) alloca (max_loop_num * sizeof (rtx));
475 loop_number_exit_count = (int *) alloca (max_loop_num * sizeof (int));
476
477 /* This is initialized by the unrolling code, so we go ahead
478 and clear them just in case we are not performing loop
479 unrolling. */
480 loop_unroll_factor = (int *) alloca (max_loop_num *sizeof (int));
481 bzero ((char *) loop_unroll_factor, max_loop_num * sizeof (int));
482
483 #ifdef HAVE_decrement_and_branch_on_count
484 /* Allocate for BCT optimization */
485 loop_used_count_register = (int *) alloca (max_loop_num * sizeof (int));
486 bzero ((char *) loop_used_count_register, max_loop_num * sizeof (int));
487 #endif /* HAVE_decrement_and_branch_on_count */
488
489 /* Find and process each loop.
490 First, find them, and record them in order of their beginnings. */
491 find_and_verify_loops (f);
492
493 /* Now find all register lifetimes. This must be done after
494 find_and_verify_loops, because it might reorder the insns in the
495 function. */
496 reg_scan (f, max_reg_num (), 1);
497
498 /* This must occur after reg_scan so that registers created by gcse
499 will have entries in the register tables.
500
501 We could have added a call to reg_scan after gcse_main in toplev.c,
502 but moving this call to init_alias_analysis is more efficient. */
503 init_alias_analysis ();
504
505 /* See if we went too far. */
506 if (get_max_uid () > max_uid_for_loop)
507 abort ();
508 /* Now reset it to the actual size we need. See above. */
509 max_uid_for_loop = get_max_uid () + 1;
510
511 /* Compute the mapping from uids to luids.
512 LUIDs are numbers assigned to insns, like uids,
513 except that luids increase monotonically through the code.
514 Don't assign luids to line-number NOTEs, so that the distance in luids
515 between two insns is not affected by -g. */
516
517 for (insn = f, i = 0; insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
518 {
519 last_insn = insn;
520 if (GET_CODE (insn) != NOTE
521 || NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn) <= 0)
522 uid_luid[INSN_UID (insn)] = ++i;
523 else
524 /* Give a line number note the same luid as preceding insn. */
525 uid_luid[INSN_UID (insn)] = i;
526 }
527
528 max_luid = i + 1;
529
530 /* Don't leave gaps in uid_luid for insns that have been
531 deleted. It is possible that the first or last insn
532 using some register has been deleted by cross-jumping.
533 Make sure that uid_luid for that former insn's uid
534 points to the general area where that insn used to be. */
535 for (i = 0; i < max_uid_for_loop; i++)
536 {
537 uid_luid[0] = uid_luid[i];
538 if (uid_luid[0] != 0)
539 break;
540 }
541 for (i = 0; i < max_uid_for_loop; i++)
542 if (uid_luid[i] == 0)
543 uid_luid[i] = uid_luid[i - 1];
544
545 /* Create a mapping from loops to BLOCK tree nodes. */
546 if (unroll_p && write_symbols != NO_DEBUG)
547 find_loop_tree_blocks ();
548
549 /* Determine if the function has indirect jump. On some systems
550 this prevents low overhead loop instructions from being used. */
551 indirect_jump_in_function = indirect_jump_in_function_p (f);
552
553 /* Now scan the loops, last ones first, since this means inner ones are done
554 before outer ones. */
555 for (i = max_loop_num-1; i >= 0; i--)
556 if (! loop_invalid[i] && loop_number_loop_ends[i])
557 scan_loop (loop_number_loop_starts[i], loop_number_loop_ends[i],
558 unroll_p, bct_p);
559
560 /* If debugging and unrolling loops, we must replicate the tree nodes
561 corresponding to the blocks inside the loop, so that the original one
562 to one mapping will remain. */
563 if (unroll_p && write_symbols != NO_DEBUG)
564 unroll_block_trees ();
565
566 end_alias_analysis ();
567 }
568 \f
569 /* Returns the next insn, in execution order, after INSN. START and
570 END are the NOTE_INSN_LOOP_BEG and NOTE_INSN_LOOP_END for the loop,
571 respectively. LOOP_TOP, if non-NULL, is the top of the loop in the
572 insn-stream; it is used with loops that are entered near the
573 bottom. */
574
575 static rtx
576 next_insn_in_loop (insn, start, end, loop_top)
577 rtx insn;
578 rtx start;
579 rtx end;
580 rtx loop_top;
581 {
582 insn = NEXT_INSN (insn);
583
584 if (insn == end)
585 {
586 if (loop_top)
587 /* Go to the top of the loop, and continue there. */
588 insn = loop_top;
589 else
590 /* We're done. */
591 insn = NULL_RTX;
592 }
593
594 if (insn == start)
595 /* We're done. */
596 insn = NULL_RTX;
597
598 return insn;
599 }
600
601 /* Optimize one loop whose start is LOOP_START and end is END.
602 LOOP_START is the NOTE_INSN_LOOP_BEG and END is the matching
603 NOTE_INSN_LOOP_END. */
604
605 /* ??? Could also move memory writes out of loops if the destination address
606 is invariant, the source is invariant, the memory write is not volatile,
607 and if we can prove that no read inside the loop can read this address
608 before the write occurs. If there is a read of this address after the
609 write, then we can also mark the memory read as invariant. */
610
611 static void
612 scan_loop (loop_start, end, unroll_p, bct_p)
613 rtx loop_start, end;
614 int unroll_p, bct_p;
615 {
616 register int i;
617 rtx p;
618 /* 1 if we are scanning insns that could be executed zero times. */
619 int maybe_never = 0;
620 /* 1 if we are scanning insns that might never be executed
621 due to a subroutine call which might exit before they are reached. */
622 int call_passed = 0;
623 /* For a rotated loop that is entered near the bottom,
624 this is the label at the top. Otherwise it is zero. */
625 rtx loop_top = 0;
626 /* Jump insn that enters the loop, or 0 if control drops in. */
627 rtx loop_entry_jump = 0;
628 /* Place in the loop where control enters. */
629 rtx scan_start;
630 /* Number of insns in the loop. */
631 int insn_count;
632 int in_libcall = 0;
633 int tem;
634 rtx temp;
635 /* The SET from an insn, if it is the only SET in the insn. */
636 rtx set, set1;
637 /* Chain describing insns movable in current loop. */
638 struct movable *movables = 0;
639 /* Last element in `movables' -- so we can add elements at the end. */
640 struct movable *last_movable = 0;
641 /* Ratio of extra register life span we can justify
642 for saving an instruction. More if loop doesn't call subroutines
643 since in that case saving an insn makes more difference
644 and more registers are available. */
645 int threshold;
646 /* If we have calls, contains the insn in which a register was used
647 if it was used exactly once; contains const0_rtx if it was used more
648 than once. */
649 varray_type reg_single_usage = 0;
650 /* Nonzero if we are scanning instructions in a sub-loop. */
651 int loop_depth = 0;
652 int nregs;
653
654 /* Determine whether this loop starts with a jump down to a test at
655 the end. This will occur for a small number of loops with a test
656 that is too complex to duplicate in front of the loop.
657
658 We search for the first insn or label in the loop, skipping NOTEs.
659 However, we must be careful not to skip past a NOTE_INSN_LOOP_BEG
660 (because we might have a loop executed only once that contains a
661 loop which starts with a jump to its exit test) or a NOTE_INSN_LOOP_END
662 (in case we have a degenerate loop).
663
664 Note that if we mistakenly think that a loop is entered at the top
665 when, in fact, it is entered at the exit test, the only effect will be
666 slightly poorer optimization. Making the opposite error can generate
667 incorrect code. Since very few loops now start with a jump to the
668 exit test, the code here to detect that case is very conservative. */
669
670 for (p = NEXT_INSN (loop_start);
671 p != end
672 && GET_CODE (p) != CODE_LABEL && GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (p)) != 'i'
673 && (GET_CODE (p) != NOTE
674 || (NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (p) != NOTE_INSN_LOOP_BEG
675 && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (p) != NOTE_INSN_LOOP_END));
676 p = NEXT_INSN (p))
677 ;
678
679 scan_start = p;
680
681 /* Set up variables describing this loop. */
682 prescan_loop (loop_start, end);
683 threshold = (loop_has_call ? 1 : 2) * (1 + n_non_fixed_regs);
684
685 /* If loop has a jump before the first label,
686 the true entry is the target of that jump.
687 Start scan from there.
688 But record in LOOP_TOP the place where the end-test jumps
689 back to so we can scan that after the end of the loop. */
690 if (GET_CODE (p) == JUMP_INSN)
691 {
692 loop_entry_jump = p;
693
694 /* Loop entry must be unconditional jump (and not a RETURN) */
695 if (simplejump_p (p)
696 && JUMP_LABEL (p) != 0
697 /* Check to see whether the jump actually
698 jumps out of the loop (meaning it's no loop).
699 This case can happen for things like
700 do {..} while (0). If this label was generated previously
701 by loop, we can't tell anything about it and have to reject
702 the loop. */
703 && INSN_IN_RANGE_P (JUMP_LABEL (p), loop_start, end))
704 {
705 loop_top = next_label (scan_start);
706 scan_start = JUMP_LABEL (p);
707 }
708 }
709
710 /* If SCAN_START was an insn created by loop, we don't know its luid
711 as required by loop_reg_used_before_p. So skip such loops. (This
712 test may never be true, but it's best to play it safe.)
713
714 Also, skip loops where we do not start scanning at a label. This
715 test also rejects loops starting with a JUMP_INSN that failed the
716 test above. */
717
718 if (INSN_UID (scan_start) >= max_uid_for_loop
719 || GET_CODE (scan_start) != CODE_LABEL)
720 {
721 if (loop_dump_stream)
722 fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "\nLoop from %d to %d is phony.\n\n",
723 INSN_UID (loop_start), INSN_UID (end));
724 return;
725 }
726
727 /* Count number of times each reg is set during this loop.
728 Set VARRAY_CHAR (may_not_optimize, I) if it is not safe to move out
729 the setting of register I. If this loop has calls, set
730 VARRAY_RTX (reg_single_usage, I). */
731
732 /* Allocate extra space for REGS that might be created by
733 load_mems. We allocate a little extra slop as well, in the hopes
734 that even after the moving of movables creates some new registers
735 we won't have to reallocate these arrays. However, we do grow
736 the arrays, if necessary, in load_mems_recount_loop_regs_set. */
737 nregs = max_reg_num () + loop_mems_idx + 16;
738 VARRAY_INT_INIT (n_times_set, nregs, "n_times_set");
739 VARRAY_INT_INIT (n_times_used, nregs, "n_times_used");
740 VARRAY_CHAR_INIT (may_not_optimize, nregs, "may_not_optimize");
741
742 if (loop_has_call)
743 VARRAY_RTX_INIT (reg_single_usage, nregs, "reg_single_usage");
744
745 count_loop_regs_set (loop_top ? loop_top : loop_start, end,
746 may_not_optimize, reg_single_usage, &insn_count, nregs);
747
748 for (i = 0; i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i++)
749 {
750 VARRAY_CHAR (may_not_optimize, i) = 1;
751 VARRAY_INT (n_times_set, i) = 1;
752 }
753
754 #ifdef AVOID_CCMODE_COPIES
755 /* Don't try to move insns which set CC registers if we should not
756 create CCmode register copies. */
757 for (i = max_reg_num () - 1; i >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i--)
758 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (regno_reg_rtx[i])) == MODE_CC)
759 VARRAY_CHAR (may_not_optimize, i) = 1;
760 #endif
761
762 bcopy ((char *) &n_times_set->data,
763 (char *) &n_times_used->data, nregs * sizeof (int));
764
765 if (loop_dump_stream)
766 {
767 fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "\nLoop from %d to %d: %d real insns.\n",
768 INSN_UID (loop_start), INSN_UID (end), insn_count);
769 if (loop_continue)
770 fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "Continue at insn %d.\n",
771 INSN_UID (loop_continue));
772 }
773
774 /* Scan through the loop finding insns that are safe to move.
775 Set n_times_set negative for the reg being set, so that
776 this reg will be considered invariant for subsequent insns.
777 We consider whether subsequent insns use the reg
778 in deciding whether it is worth actually moving.
779
780 MAYBE_NEVER is nonzero if we have passed a conditional jump insn
781 and therefore it is possible that the insns we are scanning
782 would never be executed. At such times, we must make sure
783 that it is safe to execute the insn once instead of zero times.
784 When MAYBE_NEVER is 0, all insns will be executed at least once
785 so that is not a problem. */
786
787 for (p = next_insn_in_loop (scan_start, scan_start, end, loop_top);
788 p != NULL_RTX;
789 p = next_insn_in_loop (p, scan_start, end, loop_top))
790 {
791 if (GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (p)) == 'i'
792 && find_reg_note (p, REG_LIBCALL, NULL_RTX))
793 in_libcall = 1;
794 else if (GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (p)) == 'i'
795 && find_reg_note (p, REG_RETVAL, NULL_RTX))
796 in_libcall = 0;
797
798 if (GET_CODE (p) == INSN
799 && (set = single_set (p))
800 && GET_CODE (SET_DEST (set)) == REG
801 && ! VARRAY_CHAR (may_not_optimize, REGNO (SET_DEST (set))))
802 {
803 int tem1 = 0;
804 int tem2 = 0;
805 int move_insn = 0;
806 rtx src = SET_SRC (set);
807 rtx dependencies = 0;
808
809 /* Figure out what to use as a source of this insn. If a REG_EQUIV
810 note is given or if a REG_EQUAL note with a constant operand is
811 specified, use it as the source and mark that we should move
812 this insn by calling emit_move_insn rather that duplicating the
813 insn.
814
815 Otherwise, only use the REG_EQUAL contents if a REG_RETVAL note
816 is present. */
817 temp = find_reg_note (p, REG_EQUIV, NULL_RTX);
818 if (temp)
819 src = XEXP (temp, 0), move_insn = 1;
820 else
821 {
822 temp = find_reg_note (p, REG_EQUAL, NULL_RTX);
823 if (temp && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (temp, 0)))
824 src = XEXP (temp, 0), move_insn = 1;
825 if (temp && find_reg_note (p, REG_RETVAL, NULL_RTX))
826 {
827 src = XEXP (temp, 0);
828 /* A libcall block can use regs that don't appear in
829 the equivalent expression. To move the libcall,
830 we must move those regs too. */
831 dependencies = libcall_other_reg (p, src);
832 }
833 }
834
835 /* Don't try to optimize a register that was made
836 by loop-optimization for an inner loop.
837 We don't know its life-span, so we can't compute the benefit. */
838 if (REGNO (SET_DEST (set)) >= max_reg_before_loop)
839 ;
840 else if (/* The set is a user-variable or it is used in
841 the exit test (this can cause the variable to be
842 used before it is set just like a
843 user-variable)... */
844 (REG_USERVAR_P (SET_DEST (set))
845 || REG_LOOP_TEST_P (SET_DEST (set)))
846 /* And the set is not guaranteed to be executed one
847 the loop starts, or the value before the set is
848 needed before the set occurs... */
849 && (maybe_never
850 || loop_reg_used_before_p (set, p, loop_start,
851 scan_start, end))
852 /* And the register is used in basic blocks other
853 than the one where it is set (meaning that
854 something after this point in the loop might
855 depend on its value before the set). */
856 && !reg_in_basic_block_p (p, SET_DEST (set)))
857 /* It is unsafe to move the set. The fact that these
858 three conditions are considered in conjunction means
859 that we are assuming various conditions, such as:
860
861 o It's OK to move a set of a variable which was not
862 created by the user and is not used in an exit test
863 even if that point in the set would not be reached
864 during execution of the loop. */
865 ;
866 else if ((tem = invariant_p (src))
867 && (dependencies == 0
868 || (tem2 = invariant_p (dependencies)) != 0)
869 && (VARRAY_INT (n_times_set,
870 REGNO (SET_DEST (set))) == 1
871 || (tem1
872 = consec_sets_invariant_p
873 (SET_DEST (set),
874 VARRAY_INT (n_times_set, REGNO (SET_DEST (set))),
875 p)))
876 /* If the insn can cause a trap (such as divide by zero),
877 can't move it unless it's guaranteed to be executed
878 once loop is entered. Even a function call might
879 prevent the trap insn from being reached
880 (since it might exit!) */
881 && ! ((maybe_never || call_passed)
882 && may_trap_p (src)))
883 {
884 register struct movable *m;
885 register int regno = REGNO (SET_DEST (set));
886
887 /* A potential lossage is where we have a case where two insns
888 can be combined as long as they are both in the loop, but
889 we move one of them outside the loop. For large loops,
890 this can lose. The most common case of this is the address
891 of a function being called.
892
893 Therefore, if this register is marked as being used exactly
894 once if we are in a loop with calls (a "large loop"), see if
895 we can replace the usage of this register with the source
896 of this SET. If we can, delete this insn.
897
898 Don't do this if P has a REG_RETVAL note or if we have
899 SMALL_REGISTER_CLASSES and SET_SRC is a hard register. */
900
901 if (reg_single_usage && VARRAY_RTX (reg_single_usage, regno) != 0
902 && VARRAY_RTX (reg_single_usage, regno) != const0_rtx
903 && REGNO_FIRST_UID (regno) == INSN_UID (p)
904 && (REGNO_LAST_UID (regno)
905 == INSN_UID (VARRAY_RTX (reg_single_usage, regno)))
906 && VARRAY_INT (n_times_set, regno) == 1
907 && ! side_effects_p (SET_SRC (set))
908 && ! find_reg_note (p, REG_RETVAL, NULL_RTX)
909 && (! SMALL_REGISTER_CLASSES
910 || (! (GET_CODE (SET_SRC (set)) == REG
911 && REGNO (SET_SRC (set)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)))
912 /* This test is not redundant; SET_SRC (set) might be
913 a call-clobbered register and the life of REGNO
914 might span a call. */
915 && ! modified_between_p (SET_SRC (set), p,
916 VARRAY_RTX
917 (reg_single_usage, regno))
918 && no_labels_between_p (p, VARRAY_RTX (reg_single_usage, regno))
919 && validate_replace_rtx (SET_DEST (set), SET_SRC (set),
920 VARRAY_RTX
921 (reg_single_usage, regno)))
922 {
923 /* Replace any usage in a REG_EQUAL note. Must copy the
924 new source, so that we don't get rtx sharing between the
925 SET_SOURCE and REG_NOTES of insn p. */
926 REG_NOTES (VARRAY_RTX (reg_single_usage, regno))
927 = replace_rtx (REG_NOTES (VARRAY_RTX
928 (reg_single_usage, regno)),
929 SET_DEST (set), copy_rtx (SET_SRC (set)));
930
931 PUT_CODE (p, NOTE);
932 NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (p) = NOTE_INSN_DELETED;
933 NOTE_SOURCE_FILE (p) = 0;
934 VARRAY_INT (n_times_set, regno) = 0;
935 continue;
936 }
937
938 m = (struct movable *) alloca (sizeof (struct movable));
939 m->next = 0;
940 m->insn = p;
941 m->set_src = src;
942 m->dependencies = dependencies;
943 m->set_dest = SET_DEST (set);
944 m->force = 0;
945 m->consec = VARRAY_INT (n_times_set,
946 REGNO (SET_DEST (set))) - 1;
947 m->done = 0;
948 m->forces = 0;
949 m->partial = 0;
950 m->move_insn = move_insn;
951 m->move_insn_first = 0;
952 m->is_equiv = (find_reg_note (p, REG_EQUIV, NULL_RTX) != 0);
953 m->savemode = VOIDmode;
954 m->regno = regno;
955 /* Set M->cond if either invariant_p or consec_sets_invariant_p
956 returned 2 (only conditionally invariant). */
957 m->cond = ((tem | tem1 | tem2) > 1);
958 m->global = (uid_luid[REGNO_LAST_UID (regno)] > INSN_LUID (end)
959 || uid_luid[REGNO_FIRST_UID (regno)] < INSN_LUID (loop_start));
960 m->match = 0;
961 m->lifetime = (uid_luid[REGNO_LAST_UID (regno)]
962 - uid_luid[REGNO_FIRST_UID (regno)]);
963 m->savings = VARRAY_INT (n_times_used, regno);
964 if (find_reg_note (p, REG_RETVAL, NULL_RTX))
965 m->savings += libcall_benefit (p);
966 VARRAY_INT (n_times_set, regno) = move_insn ? -2 : -1;
967 /* Add M to the end of the chain MOVABLES. */
968 if (movables == 0)
969 movables = m;
970 else
971 last_movable->next = m;
972 last_movable = m;
973
974 if (m->consec > 0)
975 {
976 /* It is possible for the first instruction to have a
977 REG_EQUAL note but a non-invariant SET_SRC, so we must
978 remember the status of the first instruction in case
979 the last instruction doesn't have a REG_EQUAL note. */
980 m->move_insn_first = m->move_insn;
981
982 /* Skip this insn, not checking REG_LIBCALL notes. */
983 p = next_nonnote_insn (p);
984 /* Skip the consecutive insns, if there are any. */
985 p = skip_consec_insns (p, m->consec);
986 /* Back up to the last insn of the consecutive group. */
987 p = prev_nonnote_insn (p);
988
989 /* We must now reset m->move_insn, m->is_equiv, and possibly
990 m->set_src to correspond to the effects of all the
991 insns. */
992 temp = find_reg_note (p, REG_EQUIV, NULL_RTX);
993 if (temp)
994 m->set_src = XEXP (temp, 0), m->move_insn = 1;
995 else
996 {
997 temp = find_reg_note (p, REG_EQUAL, NULL_RTX);
998 if (temp && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (temp, 0)))
999 m->set_src = XEXP (temp, 0), m->move_insn = 1;
1000 else
1001 m->move_insn = 0;
1002
1003 }
1004 m->is_equiv = (find_reg_note (p, REG_EQUIV, NULL_RTX) != 0);
1005 }
1006 }
1007 /* If this register is always set within a STRICT_LOW_PART
1008 or set to zero, then its high bytes are constant.
1009 So clear them outside the loop and within the loop
1010 just load the low bytes.
1011 We must check that the machine has an instruction to do so.
1012 Also, if the value loaded into the register
1013 depends on the same register, this cannot be done. */
1014 else if (SET_SRC (set) == const0_rtx
1015 && GET_CODE (NEXT_INSN (p)) == INSN
1016 && (set1 = single_set (NEXT_INSN (p)))
1017 && GET_CODE (set1) == SET
1018 && (GET_CODE (SET_DEST (set1)) == STRICT_LOW_PART)
1019 && (GET_CODE (XEXP (SET_DEST (set1), 0)) == SUBREG)
1020 && (SUBREG_REG (XEXP (SET_DEST (set1), 0))
1021 == SET_DEST (set))
1022 && !reg_mentioned_p (SET_DEST (set), SET_SRC (set1)))
1023 {
1024 register int regno = REGNO (SET_DEST (set));
1025 if (VARRAY_INT (n_times_set, regno) == 2)
1026 {
1027 register struct movable *m;
1028 m = (struct movable *) alloca (sizeof (struct movable));
1029 m->next = 0;
1030 m->insn = p;
1031 m->set_dest = SET_DEST (set);
1032 m->dependencies = 0;
1033 m->force = 0;
1034 m->consec = 0;
1035 m->done = 0;
1036 m->forces = 0;
1037 m->move_insn = 0;
1038 m->move_insn_first = 0;
1039 m->partial = 1;
1040 /* If the insn may not be executed on some cycles,
1041 we can't clear the whole reg; clear just high part.
1042 Not even if the reg is used only within this loop.
1043 Consider this:
1044 while (1)
1045 while (s != t) {
1046 if (foo ()) x = *s;
1047 use (x);
1048 }
1049 Clearing x before the inner loop could clobber a value
1050 being saved from the last time around the outer loop.
1051 However, if the reg is not used outside this loop
1052 and all uses of the register are in the same
1053 basic block as the store, there is no problem.
1054
1055 If this insn was made by loop, we don't know its
1056 INSN_LUID and hence must make a conservative
1057 assumption. */
1058 m->global = (INSN_UID (p) >= max_uid_for_loop
1059 || (uid_luid[REGNO_LAST_UID (regno)]
1060 > INSN_LUID (end))
1061 || (uid_luid[REGNO_FIRST_UID (regno)]
1062 < INSN_LUID (p))
1063 || (labels_in_range_p
1064 (p, uid_luid[REGNO_FIRST_UID (regno)])));
1065 if (maybe_never && m->global)
1066 m->savemode = GET_MODE (SET_SRC (set1));
1067 else
1068 m->savemode = VOIDmode;
1069 m->regno = regno;
1070 m->cond = 0;
1071 m->match = 0;
1072 m->lifetime = (uid_luid[REGNO_LAST_UID (regno)]
1073 - uid_luid[REGNO_FIRST_UID (regno)]);
1074 m->savings = 1;
1075 VARRAY_INT (n_times_set, regno) = -1;
1076 /* Add M to the end of the chain MOVABLES. */
1077 if (movables == 0)
1078 movables = m;
1079 else
1080 last_movable->next = m;
1081 last_movable = m;
1082 }
1083 }
1084 }
1085 /* Past a call insn, we get to insns which might not be executed
1086 because the call might exit. This matters for insns that trap.
1087 Call insns inside a REG_LIBCALL/REG_RETVAL block always return,
1088 so they don't count. */
1089 else if (GET_CODE (p) == CALL_INSN && ! in_libcall)
1090 call_passed = 1;
1091 /* Past a label or a jump, we get to insns for which we
1092 can't count on whether or how many times they will be
1093 executed during each iteration. Therefore, we can
1094 only move out sets of trivial variables
1095 (those not used after the loop). */
1096 /* Similar code appears twice in strength_reduce. */
1097 else if ((GET_CODE (p) == CODE_LABEL || GET_CODE (p) == JUMP_INSN)
1098 /* If we enter the loop in the middle, and scan around to the
1099 beginning, don't set maybe_never for that. This must be an
1100 unconditional jump, otherwise the code at the top of the
1101 loop might never be executed. Unconditional jumps are
1102 followed a by barrier then loop end. */
1103 && ! (GET_CODE (p) == JUMP_INSN && JUMP_LABEL (p) == loop_top
1104 && NEXT_INSN (NEXT_INSN (p)) == end
1105 && simplejump_p (p)))
1106 maybe_never = 1;
1107 else if (GET_CODE (p) == NOTE)
1108 {
1109 /* At the virtual top of a converted loop, insns are again known to
1110 be executed: logically, the loop begins here even though the exit
1111 code has been duplicated. */
1112 if (NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (p) == NOTE_INSN_LOOP_VTOP && loop_depth == 0)
1113 maybe_never = call_passed = 0;
1114 else if (NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (p) == NOTE_INSN_LOOP_BEG)
1115 loop_depth++;
1116 else if (NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (p) == NOTE_INSN_LOOP_END)
1117 loop_depth--;
1118 }
1119 }
1120
1121 /* If one movable subsumes another, ignore that other. */
1122
1123 ignore_some_movables (movables);
1124
1125 /* For each movable insn, see if the reg that it loads
1126 leads when it dies right into another conditionally movable insn.
1127 If so, record that the second insn "forces" the first one,
1128 since the second can be moved only if the first is. */
1129
1130 force_movables (movables);
1131
1132 /* See if there are multiple movable insns that load the same value.
1133 If there are, make all but the first point at the first one
1134 through the `match' field, and add the priorities of them
1135 all together as the priority of the first. */
1136
1137 combine_movables (movables, nregs);
1138
1139 /* Now consider each movable insn to decide whether it is worth moving.
1140 Store 0 in n_times_set for each reg that is moved.
1141
1142 Generally this increases code size, so do not move moveables when
1143 optimizing for code size. */
1144
1145 if (! optimize_size)
1146 move_movables (movables, threshold,
1147 insn_count, loop_start, end, nregs);
1148
1149 /* Now candidates that still are negative are those not moved.
1150 Change n_times_set to indicate that those are not actually invariant. */
1151 for (i = 0; i < nregs; i++)
1152 if (VARRAY_INT (n_times_set, i) < 0)
1153 VARRAY_INT (n_times_set, i) = VARRAY_INT (n_times_used, i);
1154
1155 /* Now that we've moved some things out of the loop, we able to
1156 hoist even more memory references. There's no need to pass
1157 reg_single_usage this time, since we're done with it. */
1158 load_mems_and_recount_loop_regs_set (scan_start, end, loop_top,
1159 loop_start, 0,
1160 &insn_count);
1161
1162 if (flag_strength_reduce)
1163 {
1164 the_movables = movables;
1165 strength_reduce (scan_start, end, loop_top,
1166 insn_count, loop_start, end, unroll_p, bct_p);
1167 }
1168
1169 VARRAY_FREE (n_times_set);
1170 VARRAY_FREE (n_times_used);
1171 VARRAY_FREE (may_not_optimize);
1172 VARRAY_FREE (reg_single_usage);
1173 }
1174 \f
1175 /* Add elements to *OUTPUT to record all the pseudo-regs
1176 mentioned in IN_THIS but not mentioned in NOT_IN_THIS. */
1177
1178 void
1179 record_excess_regs (in_this, not_in_this, output)
1180 rtx in_this, not_in_this;
1181 rtx *output;
1182 {
1183 enum rtx_code code;
1184 char *fmt;
1185 int i;
1186
1187 code = GET_CODE (in_this);
1188
1189 switch (code)
1190 {
1191 case PC:
1192 case CC0:
1193 case CONST_INT:
1194 case CONST_DOUBLE:
1195 case CONST:
1196 case SYMBOL_REF:
1197 case LABEL_REF:
1198 return;
1199
1200 case REG:
1201 if (REGNO (in_this) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
1202 && ! reg_mentioned_p (in_this, not_in_this))
1203 *output = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode, in_this, *output);
1204 return;
1205
1206 default:
1207 break;
1208 }
1209
1210 fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code);
1211 for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
1212 {
1213 int j;
1214
1215 switch (fmt[i])
1216 {
1217 case 'E':
1218 for (j = 0; j < XVECLEN (in_this, i); j++)
1219 record_excess_regs (XVECEXP (in_this, i, j), not_in_this, output);
1220 break;
1221
1222 case 'e':
1223 record_excess_regs (XEXP (in_this, i), not_in_this, output);
1224 break;
1225 }
1226 }
1227 }
1228 \f
1229 /* Check what regs are referred to in the libcall block ending with INSN,
1230 aside from those mentioned in the equivalent value.
1231 If there are none, return 0.
1232 If there are one or more, return an EXPR_LIST containing all of them. */
1233
1234 static rtx
1235 libcall_other_reg (insn, equiv)
1236 rtx insn, equiv;
1237 {
1238 rtx note = find_reg_note (insn, REG_RETVAL, NULL_RTX);
1239 rtx p = XEXP (note, 0);
1240 rtx output = 0;
1241
1242 /* First, find all the regs used in the libcall block
1243 that are not mentioned as inputs to the result. */
1244
1245 while (p != insn)
1246 {
1247 if (GET_CODE (p) == INSN || GET_CODE (p) == JUMP_INSN
1248 || GET_CODE (p) == CALL_INSN)
1249 record_excess_regs (PATTERN (p), equiv, &output);
1250 p = NEXT_INSN (p);
1251 }
1252
1253 return output;
1254 }
1255 \f
1256 /* Return 1 if all uses of REG
1257 are between INSN and the end of the basic block. */
1258
1259 static int
1260 reg_in_basic_block_p (insn, reg)
1261 rtx insn, reg;
1262 {
1263 int regno = REGNO (reg);
1264 rtx p;
1265
1266 if (REGNO_FIRST_UID (regno) != INSN_UID (insn))
1267 return 0;
1268
1269 /* Search this basic block for the already recorded last use of the reg. */
1270 for (p = insn; p; p = NEXT_INSN (p))
1271 {
1272 switch (GET_CODE (p))
1273 {
1274 case NOTE:
1275 break;
1276
1277 case INSN:
1278 case CALL_INSN:
1279 /* Ordinary insn: if this is the last use, we win. */
1280 if (REGNO_LAST_UID (regno) == INSN_UID (p))
1281 return 1;
1282 break;
1283
1284 case JUMP_INSN:
1285 /* Jump insn: if this is the last use, we win. */
1286 if (REGNO_LAST_UID (regno) == INSN_UID (p))
1287 return 1;
1288 /* Otherwise, it's the end of the basic block, so we lose. */
1289 return 0;
1290
1291 case CODE_LABEL:
1292 case BARRIER:
1293 /* It's the end of the basic block, so we lose. */
1294 return 0;
1295
1296 default:
1297 break;
1298 }
1299 }
1300
1301 /* The "last use" doesn't follow the "first use"?? */
1302 abort ();
1303 }
1304 \f
1305 /* Compute the benefit of eliminating the insns in the block whose
1306 last insn is LAST. This may be a group of insns used to compute a
1307 value directly or can contain a library call. */
1308
1309 static int
1310 libcall_benefit (last)
1311 rtx last;
1312 {
1313 rtx insn;
1314 int benefit = 0;
1315
1316 for (insn = XEXP (find_reg_note (last, REG_RETVAL, NULL_RTX), 0);
1317 insn != last; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
1318 {
1319 if (GET_CODE (insn) == CALL_INSN)
1320 benefit += 10; /* Assume at least this many insns in a library
1321 routine. */
1322 else if (GET_CODE (insn) == INSN
1323 && GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) != USE
1324 && GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) != CLOBBER)
1325 benefit++;
1326 }
1327
1328 return benefit;
1329 }
1330 \f
1331 /* Skip COUNT insns from INSN, counting library calls as 1 insn. */
1332
1333 static rtx
1334 skip_consec_insns (insn, count)
1335 rtx insn;
1336 int count;
1337 {
1338 for (; count > 0; count--)
1339 {
1340 rtx temp;
1341
1342 /* If first insn of libcall sequence, skip to end. */
1343 /* Do this at start of loop, since INSN is guaranteed to
1344 be an insn here. */
1345 if (GET_CODE (insn) != NOTE
1346 && (temp = find_reg_note (insn, REG_LIBCALL, NULL_RTX)))
1347 insn = XEXP (temp, 0);
1348
1349 do insn = NEXT_INSN (insn);
1350 while (GET_CODE (insn) == NOTE);
1351 }
1352
1353 return insn;
1354 }
1355
1356 /* Ignore any movable whose insn falls within a libcall
1357 which is part of another movable.
1358 We make use of the fact that the movable for the libcall value
1359 was made later and so appears later on the chain. */
1360
1361 static void
1362 ignore_some_movables (movables)
1363 struct movable *movables;
1364 {
1365 register struct movable *m, *m1;
1366
1367 for (m = movables; m; m = m->next)
1368 {
1369 /* Is this a movable for the value of a libcall? */
1370 rtx note = find_reg_note (m->insn, REG_RETVAL, NULL_RTX);
1371 if (note)
1372 {
1373 rtx insn;
1374 /* Check for earlier movables inside that range,
1375 and mark them invalid. We cannot use LUIDs here because
1376 insns created by loop.c for prior loops don't have LUIDs.
1377 Rather than reject all such insns from movables, we just
1378 explicitly check each insn in the libcall (since invariant
1379 libcalls aren't that common). */
1380 for (insn = XEXP (note, 0); insn != m->insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
1381 for (m1 = movables; m1 != m; m1 = m1->next)
1382 if (m1->insn == insn)
1383 m1->done = 1;
1384 }
1385 }
1386 }
1387
1388 /* For each movable insn, see if the reg that it loads
1389 leads when it dies right into another conditionally movable insn.
1390 If so, record that the second insn "forces" the first one,
1391 since the second can be moved only if the first is. */
1392
1393 static void
1394 force_movables (movables)
1395 struct movable *movables;
1396 {
1397 register struct movable *m, *m1;
1398 for (m1 = movables; m1; m1 = m1->next)
1399 /* Omit this if moving just the (SET (REG) 0) of a zero-extend. */
1400 if (!m1->partial && !m1->done)
1401 {
1402 int regno = m1->regno;
1403 for (m = m1->next; m; m = m->next)
1404 /* ??? Could this be a bug? What if CSE caused the
1405 register of M1 to be used after this insn?
1406 Since CSE does not update regno_last_uid,
1407 this insn M->insn might not be where it dies.
1408 But very likely this doesn't matter; what matters is
1409 that M's reg is computed from M1's reg. */
1410 if (INSN_UID (m->insn) == REGNO_LAST_UID (regno)
1411 && !m->done)
1412 break;
1413 if (m != 0 && m->set_src == m1->set_dest
1414 /* If m->consec, m->set_src isn't valid. */
1415 && m->consec == 0)
1416 m = 0;
1417
1418 /* Increase the priority of the moving the first insn
1419 since it permits the second to be moved as well. */
1420 if (m != 0)
1421 {
1422 m->forces = m1;
1423 m1->lifetime += m->lifetime;
1424 m1->savings += m->savings;
1425 }
1426 }
1427 }
1428 \f
1429 /* Find invariant expressions that are equal and can be combined into
1430 one register. */
1431
1432 static void
1433 combine_movables (movables, nregs)
1434 struct movable *movables;
1435 int nregs;
1436 {
1437 register struct movable *m;
1438 char *matched_regs = (char *) alloca (nregs);
1439 enum machine_mode mode;
1440
1441 /* Regs that are set more than once are not allowed to match
1442 or be matched. I'm no longer sure why not. */
1443 /* Perhaps testing m->consec_sets would be more appropriate here? */
1444
1445 for (m = movables; m; m = m->next)
1446 if (m->match == 0 && VARRAY_INT (n_times_used, m->regno) == 1 && !m->partial)
1447 {
1448 register struct movable *m1;
1449 int regno = m->regno;
1450
1451 bzero (matched_regs, nregs);
1452 matched_regs[regno] = 1;
1453
1454 /* We want later insns to match the first one. Don't make the first
1455 one match any later ones. So start this loop at m->next. */
1456 for (m1 = m->next; m1; m1 = m1->next)
1457 if (m != m1 && m1->match == 0 && VARRAY_INT (n_times_used, m1->regno) == 1
1458 /* A reg used outside the loop mustn't be eliminated. */
1459 && !m1->global
1460 /* A reg used for zero-extending mustn't be eliminated. */
1461 && !m1->partial
1462 && (matched_regs[m1->regno]
1463 ||
1464 (
1465 /* Can combine regs with different modes loaded from the
1466 same constant only if the modes are the same or
1467 if both are integer modes with M wider or the same
1468 width as M1. The check for integer is redundant, but
1469 safe, since the only case of differing destination
1470 modes with equal sources is when both sources are
1471 VOIDmode, i.e., CONST_INT. */
1472 (GET_MODE (m->set_dest) == GET_MODE (m1->set_dest)
1473 || (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (m->set_dest)) == MODE_INT
1474 && GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (m1->set_dest)) == MODE_INT
1475 && (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (m->set_dest))
1476 >= GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (m1->set_dest)))))
1477 /* See if the source of M1 says it matches M. */
1478 && ((GET_CODE (m1->set_src) == REG
1479 && matched_regs[REGNO (m1->set_src)])
1480 || rtx_equal_for_loop_p (m->set_src, m1->set_src,
1481 movables))))
1482 && ((m->dependencies == m1->dependencies)
1483 || rtx_equal_p (m->dependencies, m1->dependencies)))
1484 {
1485 m->lifetime += m1->lifetime;
1486 m->savings += m1->savings;
1487 m1->done = 1;
1488 m1->match = m;
1489 matched_regs[m1->regno] = 1;
1490 }
1491 }
1492
1493 /* Now combine the regs used for zero-extension.
1494 This can be done for those not marked `global'
1495 provided their lives don't overlap. */
1496
1497 for (mode = GET_CLASS_NARROWEST_MODE (MODE_INT); mode != VOIDmode;
1498 mode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (mode))
1499 {
1500 register struct movable *m0 = 0;
1501
1502 /* Combine all the registers for extension from mode MODE.
1503 Don't combine any that are used outside this loop. */
1504 for (m = movables; m; m = m->next)
1505 if (m->partial && ! m->global
1506 && mode == GET_MODE (SET_SRC (PATTERN (NEXT_INSN (m->insn)))))
1507 {
1508 register struct movable *m1;
1509 int first = uid_luid[REGNO_FIRST_UID (m->regno)];
1510 int last = uid_luid[REGNO_LAST_UID (m->regno)];
1511
1512 if (m0 == 0)
1513 {
1514 /* First one: don't check for overlap, just record it. */
1515 m0 = m;
1516 continue;
1517 }
1518
1519 /* Make sure they extend to the same mode.
1520 (Almost always true.) */
1521 if (GET_MODE (m->set_dest) != GET_MODE (m0->set_dest))
1522 continue;
1523
1524 /* We already have one: check for overlap with those
1525 already combined together. */
1526 for (m1 = movables; m1 != m; m1 = m1->next)
1527 if (m1 == m0 || (m1->partial && m1->match == m0))
1528 if (! (uid_luid[REGNO_FIRST_UID (m1->regno)] > last
1529 || uid_luid[REGNO_LAST_UID (m1->regno)] < first))
1530 goto overlap;
1531
1532 /* No overlap: we can combine this with the others. */
1533 m0->lifetime += m->lifetime;
1534 m0->savings += m->savings;
1535 m->done = 1;
1536 m->match = m0;
1537
1538 overlap: ;
1539 }
1540 }
1541 }
1542 \f
1543 /* Return 1 if regs X and Y will become the same if moved. */
1544
1545 static int
1546 regs_match_p (x, y, movables)
1547 rtx x, y;
1548 struct movable *movables;
1549 {
1550 int xn = REGNO (x);
1551 int yn = REGNO (y);
1552 struct movable *mx, *my;
1553
1554 for (mx = movables; mx; mx = mx->next)
1555 if (mx->regno == xn)
1556 break;
1557
1558 for (my = movables; my; my = my->next)
1559 if (my->regno == yn)
1560 break;
1561
1562 return (mx && my
1563 && ((mx->match == my->match && mx->match != 0)
1564 || mx->match == my
1565 || mx == my->match));
1566 }
1567
1568 /* Return 1 if X and Y are identical-looking rtx's.
1569 This is the Lisp function EQUAL for rtx arguments.
1570
1571 If two registers are matching movables or a movable register and an
1572 equivalent constant, consider them equal. */
1573
1574 static int
1575 rtx_equal_for_loop_p (x, y, movables)
1576 rtx x, y;
1577 struct movable *movables;
1578 {
1579 register int i;
1580 register int j;
1581 register struct movable *m;
1582 register enum rtx_code code;
1583 register char *fmt;
1584
1585 if (x == y)
1586 return 1;
1587 if (x == 0 || y == 0)
1588 return 0;
1589
1590 code = GET_CODE (x);
1591
1592 /* If we have a register and a constant, they may sometimes be
1593 equal. */
1594 if (GET_CODE (x) == REG && VARRAY_INT (n_times_set, REGNO (x)) == -2
1595 && CONSTANT_P (y))
1596 {
1597 for (m = movables; m; m = m->next)
1598 if (m->move_insn && m->regno == REGNO (x)
1599 && rtx_equal_p (m->set_src, y))
1600 return 1;
1601 }
1602 else if (GET_CODE (y) == REG && VARRAY_INT (n_times_set, REGNO (y)) == -2
1603 && CONSTANT_P (x))
1604 {
1605 for (m = movables; m; m = m->next)
1606 if (m->move_insn && m->regno == REGNO (y)
1607 && rtx_equal_p (m->set_src, x))
1608 return 1;
1609 }
1610
1611 /* Otherwise, rtx's of different codes cannot be equal. */
1612 if (code != GET_CODE (y))
1613 return 0;
1614
1615 /* (MULT:SI x y) and (MULT:HI x y) are NOT equivalent.
1616 (REG:SI x) and (REG:HI x) are NOT equivalent. */
1617
1618 if (GET_MODE (x) != GET_MODE (y))
1619 return 0;
1620
1621 /* These three types of rtx's can be compared nonrecursively. */
1622 if (code == REG)
1623 return (REGNO (x) == REGNO (y) || regs_match_p (x, y, movables));
1624
1625 if (code == LABEL_REF)
1626 return XEXP (x, 0) == XEXP (y, 0);
1627 if (code == SYMBOL_REF)
1628 return XSTR (x, 0) == XSTR (y, 0);
1629
1630 /* Compare the elements. If any pair of corresponding elements
1631 fail to match, return 0 for the whole things. */
1632
1633 fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code);
1634 for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
1635 {
1636 switch (fmt[i])
1637 {
1638 case 'w':
1639 if (XWINT (x, i) != XWINT (y, i))
1640 return 0;
1641 break;
1642
1643 case 'i':
1644 if (XINT (x, i) != XINT (y, i))
1645 return 0;
1646 break;
1647
1648 case 'E':
1649 /* Two vectors must have the same length. */
1650 if (XVECLEN (x, i) != XVECLEN (y, i))
1651 return 0;
1652
1653 /* And the corresponding elements must match. */
1654 for (j = 0; j < XVECLEN (x, i); j++)
1655 if (rtx_equal_for_loop_p (XVECEXP (x, i, j), XVECEXP (y, i, j), movables) == 0)
1656 return 0;
1657 break;
1658
1659 case 'e':
1660 if (rtx_equal_for_loop_p (XEXP (x, i), XEXP (y, i), movables) == 0)
1661 return 0;
1662 break;
1663
1664 case 's':
1665 if (strcmp (XSTR (x, i), XSTR (y, i)))
1666 return 0;
1667 break;
1668
1669 case 'u':
1670 /* These are just backpointers, so they don't matter. */
1671 break;
1672
1673 case '0':
1674 break;
1675
1676 /* It is believed that rtx's at this level will never
1677 contain anything but integers and other rtx's,
1678 except for within LABEL_REFs and SYMBOL_REFs. */
1679 default:
1680 abort ();
1681 }
1682 }
1683 return 1;
1684 }
1685 \f
1686 /* If X contains any LABEL_REF's, add REG_LABEL notes for them to all
1687 insns in INSNS which use thet reference. */
1688
1689 static void
1690 add_label_notes (x, insns)
1691 rtx x;
1692 rtx insns;
1693 {
1694 enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (x);
1695 int i, j;
1696 char *fmt;
1697 rtx insn;
1698
1699 if (code == LABEL_REF && !LABEL_REF_NONLOCAL_P (x))
1700 {
1701 /* This code used to ignore labels that referred to dispatch tables to
1702 avoid flow generating (slighly) worse code.
1703
1704 We no longer ignore such label references (see LABEL_REF handling in
1705 mark_jump_label for additional information). */
1706 for (insn = insns; insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
1707 if (reg_mentioned_p (XEXP (x, 0), insn))
1708 REG_NOTES (insn) = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (REG_LABEL, XEXP (x, 0),
1709 REG_NOTES (insn));
1710 }
1711
1712 fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code);
1713 for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
1714 {
1715 if (fmt[i] == 'e')
1716 add_label_notes (XEXP (x, i), insns);
1717 else if (fmt[i] == 'E')
1718 for (j = XVECLEN (x, i) - 1; j >= 0; j--)
1719 add_label_notes (XVECEXP (x, i, j), insns);
1720 }
1721 }
1722 \f
1723 /* Scan MOVABLES, and move the insns that deserve to be moved.
1724 If two matching movables are combined, replace one reg with the
1725 other throughout. */
1726
1727 static void
1728 move_movables (movables, threshold, insn_count, loop_start, end, nregs)
1729 struct movable *movables;
1730 int threshold;
1731 int insn_count;
1732 rtx loop_start;
1733 rtx end;
1734 int nregs;
1735 {
1736 rtx new_start = 0;
1737 register struct movable *m;
1738 register rtx p;
1739 /* Map of pseudo-register replacements to handle combining
1740 when we move several insns that load the same value
1741 into different pseudo-registers. */
1742 rtx *reg_map = (rtx *) alloca (nregs * sizeof (rtx));
1743 char *already_moved = (char *) alloca (nregs);
1744
1745 bzero (already_moved, nregs);
1746 bzero ((char *) reg_map, nregs * sizeof (rtx));
1747
1748 num_movables = 0;
1749
1750 for (m = movables; m; m = m->next)
1751 {
1752 /* Describe this movable insn. */
1753
1754 if (loop_dump_stream)
1755 {
1756 fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "Insn %d: regno %d (life %d), ",
1757 INSN_UID (m->insn), m->regno, m->lifetime);
1758 if (m->consec > 0)
1759 fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "consec %d, ", m->consec);
1760 if (m->cond)
1761 fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "cond ");
1762 if (m->force)
1763 fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "force ");
1764 if (m->global)
1765 fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "global ");
1766 if (m->done)
1767 fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "done ");
1768 if (m->move_insn)
1769 fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "move-insn ");
1770 if (m->match)
1771 fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "matches %d ",
1772 INSN_UID (m->match->insn));
1773 if (m->forces)
1774 fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "forces %d ",
1775 INSN_UID (m->forces->insn));
1776 }
1777
1778 /* Count movables. Value used in heuristics in strength_reduce. */
1779 num_movables++;
1780
1781 /* Ignore the insn if it's already done (it matched something else).
1782 Otherwise, see if it is now safe to move. */
1783
1784 if (!m->done
1785 && (! m->cond
1786 || (1 == invariant_p (m->set_src)
1787 && (m->dependencies == 0
1788 || 1 == invariant_p (m->dependencies))
1789 && (m->consec == 0
1790 || 1 == consec_sets_invariant_p (m->set_dest,
1791 m->consec + 1,
1792 m->insn))))
1793 && (! m->forces || m->forces->done))
1794 {
1795 register int regno;
1796 register rtx p;
1797 int savings = m->savings;
1798
1799 /* We have an insn that is safe to move.
1800 Compute its desirability. */
1801
1802 p = m->insn;
1803 regno = m->regno;
1804
1805 if (loop_dump_stream)
1806 fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "savings %d ", savings);
1807
1808 if (moved_once[regno] && loop_dump_stream)
1809 fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "halved since already moved ");
1810
1811 /* An insn MUST be moved if we already moved something else
1812 which is safe only if this one is moved too: that is,
1813 if already_moved[REGNO] is nonzero. */
1814
1815 /* An insn is desirable to move if the new lifetime of the
1816 register is no more than THRESHOLD times the old lifetime.
1817 If it's not desirable, it means the loop is so big
1818 that moving won't speed things up much,
1819 and it is liable to make register usage worse. */
1820
1821 /* It is also desirable to move if it can be moved at no
1822 extra cost because something else was already moved. */
1823
1824 if (already_moved[regno]
1825 || flag_move_all_movables
1826 || (threshold * savings * m->lifetime) >=
1827 (moved_once[regno] ? insn_count * 2 : insn_count)
1828 || (m->forces && m->forces->done
1829 && VARRAY_INT (n_times_used, m->forces->regno) == 1))
1830 {
1831 int count;
1832 register struct movable *m1;
1833 rtx first;
1834
1835 /* Now move the insns that set the reg. */
1836
1837 if (m->partial && m->match)
1838 {
1839 rtx newpat, i1;
1840 rtx r1, r2;
1841 /* Find the end of this chain of matching regs.
1842 Thus, we load each reg in the chain from that one reg.
1843 And that reg is loaded with 0 directly,
1844 since it has ->match == 0. */
1845 for (m1 = m; m1->match; m1 = m1->match);
1846 newpat = gen_move_insn (SET_DEST (PATTERN (m->insn)),
1847 SET_DEST (PATTERN (m1->insn)));
1848 i1 = emit_insn_before (newpat, loop_start);
1849
1850 /* Mark the moved, invariant reg as being allowed to
1851 share a hard reg with the other matching invariant. */
1852 REG_NOTES (i1) = REG_NOTES (m->insn);
1853 r1 = SET_DEST (PATTERN (m->insn));
1854 r2 = SET_DEST (PATTERN (m1->insn));
1855 regs_may_share
1856 = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode, r1,
1857 gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode, r2,
1858 regs_may_share));
1859 delete_insn (m->insn);
1860
1861 if (new_start == 0)
1862 new_start = i1;
1863
1864 if (loop_dump_stream)
1865 fprintf (loop_dump_stream, " moved to %d", INSN_UID (i1));
1866 }
1867 /* If we are to re-generate the item being moved with a
1868 new move insn, first delete what we have and then emit
1869 the move insn before the loop. */
1870 else if (m->move_insn)
1871 {
1872 rtx i1, temp;
1873
1874 for (count = m->consec; count >= 0; count--)
1875 {
1876 /* If this is the first insn of a library call sequence,
1877 skip to the end. */
1878 if (GET_CODE (p) != NOTE
1879 && (temp = find_reg_note (p, REG_LIBCALL, NULL_RTX)))
1880 p = XEXP (temp, 0);
1881
1882 /* If this is the last insn of a libcall sequence, then
1883 delete every insn in the sequence except the last.
1884 The last insn is handled in the normal manner. */
1885 if (GET_CODE (p) != NOTE
1886 && (temp = find_reg_note (p, REG_RETVAL, NULL_RTX)))
1887 {
1888 temp = XEXP (temp, 0);
1889 while (temp != p)
1890 temp = delete_insn (temp);
1891 }
1892
1893 temp = p;
1894 p = delete_insn (p);
1895
1896 /* simplify_giv_expr expects that it can walk the insns
1897 at m->insn forwards and see this old sequence we are
1898 tossing here. delete_insn does preserve the next
1899 pointers, but when we skip over a NOTE we must fix
1900 it up. Otherwise that code walks into the non-deleted
1901 insn stream. */
1902 while (p && GET_CODE (p) == NOTE)
1903 p = NEXT_INSN (temp) = NEXT_INSN (p);
1904 }
1905
1906 start_sequence ();
1907 emit_move_insn (m->set_dest, m->set_src);
1908 temp = get_insns ();
1909 end_sequence ();
1910
1911 add_label_notes (m->set_src, temp);
1912
1913 i1 = emit_insns_before (temp, loop_start);
1914 if (! find_reg_note (i1, REG_EQUAL, NULL_RTX))
1915 REG_NOTES (i1)
1916 = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (m->is_equiv ? REG_EQUIV : REG_EQUAL,
1917 m->set_src, REG_NOTES (i1));
1918
1919 if (loop_dump_stream)
1920 fprintf (loop_dump_stream, " moved to %d", INSN_UID (i1));
1921
1922 /* The more regs we move, the less we like moving them. */
1923 threshold -= 3;
1924 }
1925 else
1926 {
1927 for (count = m->consec; count >= 0; count--)
1928 {
1929 rtx i1, temp;
1930
1931 /* If first insn of libcall sequence, skip to end. */
1932 /* Do this at start of loop, since p is guaranteed to
1933 be an insn here. */
1934 if (GET_CODE (p) != NOTE
1935 && (temp = find_reg_note (p, REG_LIBCALL, NULL_RTX)))
1936 p = XEXP (temp, 0);
1937
1938 /* If last insn of libcall sequence, move all
1939 insns except the last before the loop. The last
1940 insn is handled in the normal manner. */
1941 if (GET_CODE (p) != NOTE
1942 && (temp = find_reg_note (p, REG_RETVAL, NULL_RTX)))
1943 {
1944 rtx fn_address = 0;
1945 rtx fn_reg = 0;
1946 rtx fn_address_insn = 0;
1947
1948 first = 0;
1949 for (temp = XEXP (temp, 0); temp != p;
1950 temp = NEXT_INSN (temp))
1951 {
1952 rtx body;
1953 rtx n;
1954 rtx next;
1955
1956 if (GET_CODE (temp) == NOTE)
1957 continue;
1958
1959 body = PATTERN (temp);
1960
1961 /* Find the next insn after TEMP,
1962 not counting USE or NOTE insns. */
1963 for (next = NEXT_INSN (temp); next != p;
1964 next = NEXT_INSN (next))
1965 if (! (GET_CODE (next) == INSN
1966 && GET_CODE (PATTERN (next)) == USE)
1967 && GET_CODE (next) != NOTE)
1968 break;
1969
1970 /* If that is the call, this may be the insn
1971 that loads the function address.
1972
1973 Extract the function address from the insn
1974 that loads it into a register.
1975 If this insn was cse'd, we get incorrect code.
1976
1977 So emit a new move insn that copies the
1978 function address into the register that the
1979 call insn will use. flow.c will delete any
1980 redundant stores that we have created. */
1981 if (GET_CODE (next) == CALL_INSN
1982 && GET_CODE (body) == SET
1983 && GET_CODE (SET_DEST (body)) == REG
1984 && (n = find_reg_note (temp, REG_EQUAL,
1985 NULL_RTX)))
1986 {
1987 fn_reg = SET_SRC (body);
1988 if (GET_CODE (fn_reg) != REG)
1989 fn_reg = SET_DEST (body);
1990 fn_address = XEXP (n, 0);
1991 fn_address_insn = temp;
1992 }
1993 /* We have the call insn.
1994 If it uses the register we suspect it might,
1995 load it with the correct address directly. */
1996 if (GET_CODE (temp) == CALL_INSN
1997 && fn_address != 0
1998 && reg_referenced_p (fn_reg, body))
1999 emit_insn_after (gen_move_insn (fn_reg,
2000 fn_address),
2001 fn_address_insn);
2002
2003 if (GET_CODE (temp) == CALL_INSN)
2004 {
2005 i1 = emit_call_insn_before (body, loop_start);
2006 /* Because the USAGE information potentially
2007 contains objects other than hard registers
2008 we need to copy it. */
2009 if (CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE (temp))
2010 CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE (i1)
2011 = copy_rtx (CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE (temp));
2012 }
2013 else
2014 i1 = emit_insn_before (body, loop_start);
2015 if (first == 0)
2016 first = i1;
2017 if (temp == fn_address_insn)
2018 fn_address_insn = i1;
2019 REG_NOTES (i1) = REG_NOTES (temp);
2020 delete_insn (temp);
2021 }
2022 }
2023 if (m->savemode != VOIDmode)
2024 {
2025 /* P sets REG to zero; but we should clear only
2026 the bits that are not covered by the mode
2027 m->savemode. */
2028 rtx reg = m->set_dest;
2029 rtx sequence;
2030 rtx tem;
2031
2032 start_sequence ();
2033 tem = expand_binop
2034 (GET_MODE (reg), and_optab, reg,
2035 GEN_INT ((((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1
2036 << GET_MODE_BITSIZE (m->savemode)))
2037 - 1),
2038 reg, 1, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN);
2039 if (tem == 0)
2040 abort ();
2041 if (tem != reg)
2042 emit_move_insn (reg, tem);
2043 sequence = gen_sequence ();
2044 end_sequence ();
2045 i1 = emit_insn_before (sequence, loop_start);
2046 }
2047 else if (GET_CODE (p) == CALL_INSN)
2048 {
2049 i1 = emit_call_insn_before (PATTERN (p), loop_start);
2050 /* Because the USAGE information potentially
2051 contains objects other than hard registers
2052 we need to copy it. */
2053 if (CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE (p))
2054 CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE (i1)
2055 = copy_rtx (CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE (p));
2056 }
2057 else if (count == m->consec && m->move_insn_first)
2058 {
2059 /* The SET_SRC might not be invariant, so we must
2060 use the REG_EQUAL note. */
2061 start_sequence ();
2062 emit_move_insn (m->set_dest, m->set_src);
2063 temp = get_insns ();
2064 end_sequence ();
2065
2066 add_label_notes (m->set_src, temp);
2067
2068 i1 = emit_insns_before (temp, loop_start);
2069 if (! find_reg_note (i1, REG_EQUAL, NULL_RTX))
2070 REG_NOTES (i1)
2071 = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST ((m->is_equiv ? REG_EQUIV
2072 : REG_EQUAL),
2073 m->set_src, REG_NOTES (i1));
2074 }
2075 else
2076 i1 = emit_insn_before (PATTERN (p), loop_start);
2077
2078 if (REG_NOTES (i1) == 0)
2079 {
2080 REG_NOTES (i1) = REG_NOTES (p);
2081
2082 /* If there is a REG_EQUAL note present whose value
2083 is not loop invariant, then delete it, since it
2084 may cause problems with later optimization passes.
2085 It is possible for cse to create such notes
2086 like this as a result of record_jump_cond. */
2087
2088 if ((temp = find_reg_note (i1, REG_EQUAL, NULL_RTX))
2089 && ! invariant_p (XEXP (temp, 0)))
2090 remove_note (i1, temp);
2091 }
2092
2093 if (new_start == 0)
2094 new_start = i1;
2095
2096 if (loop_dump_stream)
2097 fprintf (loop_dump_stream, " moved to %d",
2098 INSN_UID (i1));
2099
2100 /* If library call, now fix the REG_NOTES that contain
2101 insn pointers, namely REG_LIBCALL on FIRST
2102 and REG_RETVAL on I1. */
2103 if ((temp = find_reg_note (i1, REG_RETVAL, NULL_RTX)))
2104 {
2105 XEXP (temp, 0) = first;
2106 temp = find_reg_note (first, REG_LIBCALL, NULL_RTX);
2107 XEXP (temp, 0) = i1;
2108 }
2109
2110 temp = p;
2111 delete_insn (p);
2112 p = NEXT_INSN (p);
2113
2114 /* simplify_giv_expr expects that it can walk the insns
2115 at m->insn forwards and see this old sequence we are
2116 tossing here. delete_insn does preserve the next
2117 pointers, but when we skip over a NOTE we must fix
2118 it up. Otherwise that code walks into the non-deleted
2119 insn stream. */
2120 while (p && GET_CODE (p) == NOTE)
2121 p = NEXT_INSN (temp) = NEXT_INSN (p);
2122 }
2123
2124 /* The more regs we move, the less we like moving them. */
2125 threshold -= 3;
2126 }
2127
2128 /* Any other movable that loads the same register
2129 MUST be moved. */
2130 already_moved[regno] = 1;
2131
2132 /* This reg has been moved out of one loop. */
2133 moved_once[regno] = 1;
2134
2135 /* The reg set here is now invariant. */
2136 if (! m->partial)
2137 VARRAY_INT (n_times_set, regno) = 0;
2138
2139 m->done = 1;
2140
2141 /* Change the length-of-life info for the register
2142 to say it lives at least the full length of this loop.
2143 This will help guide optimizations in outer loops. */
2144
2145 if (uid_luid[REGNO_FIRST_UID (regno)] > INSN_LUID (loop_start))
2146 /* This is the old insn before all the moved insns.
2147 We can't use the moved insn because it is out of range
2148 in uid_luid. Only the old insns have luids. */
2149 REGNO_FIRST_UID (regno) = INSN_UID (loop_start);
2150 if (uid_luid[REGNO_LAST_UID (regno)] < INSN_LUID (end))
2151 REGNO_LAST_UID (regno) = INSN_UID (end);
2152
2153 /* Combine with this moved insn any other matching movables. */
2154
2155 if (! m->partial)
2156 for (m1 = movables; m1; m1 = m1->next)
2157 if (m1->match == m)
2158 {
2159 rtx temp;
2160
2161 /* Schedule the reg loaded by M1
2162 for replacement so that shares the reg of M.
2163 If the modes differ (only possible in restricted
2164 circumstances, make a SUBREG. */
2165 if (GET_MODE (m->set_dest) == GET_MODE (m1->set_dest))
2166 reg_map[m1->regno] = m->set_dest;
2167 else
2168 reg_map[m1->regno]
2169 = gen_lowpart_common (GET_MODE (m1->set_dest),
2170 m->set_dest);
2171
2172 /* Get rid of the matching insn
2173 and prevent further processing of it. */
2174 m1->done = 1;
2175
2176 /* if library call, delete all insn except last, which
2177 is deleted below */
2178 if ((temp = find_reg_note (m1->insn, REG_RETVAL,
2179 NULL_RTX)))
2180 {
2181 for (temp = XEXP (temp, 0); temp != m1->insn;
2182 temp = NEXT_INSN (temp))
2183 delete_insn (temp);
2184 }
2185 delete_insn (m1->insn);
2186
2187 /* Any other movable that loads the same register
2188 MUST be moved. */
2189 already_moved[m1->regno] = 1;
2190
2191 /* The reg merged here is now invariant,
2192 if the reg it matches is invariant. */
2193 if (! m->partial)
2194 VARRAY_INT (n_times_set, m1->regno) = 0;
2195 }
2196 }
2197 else if (loop_dump_stream)
2198 fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "not desirable");
2199 }
2200 else if (loop_dump_stream && !m->match)
2201 fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "not safe");
2202
2203 if (loop_dump_stream)
2204 fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "\n");
2205 }
2206
2207 if (new_start == 0)
2208 new_start = loop_start;
2209
2210 /* Go through all the instructions in the loop, making
2211 all the register substitutions scheduled in REG_MAP. */
2212 for (p = new_start; p != end; p = NEXT_INSN (p))
2213 if (GET_CODE (p) == INSN || GET_CODE (p) == JUMP_INSN
2214 || GET_CODE (p) == CALL_INSN)
2215 {
2216 replace_regs (PATTERN (p), reg_map, nregs, 0);
2217 replace_regs (REG_NOTES (p), reg_map, nregs, 0);
2218 INSN_CODE (p) = -1;
2219 }
2220 }
2221 \f
2222 #if 0
2223 /* Scan X and replace the address of any MEM in it with ADDR.
2224 REG is the address that MEM should have before the replacement. */
2225
2226 static void
2227 replace_call_address (x, reg, addr)
2228 rtx x, reg, addr;
2229 {
2230 register enum rtx_code code;
2231 register int i;
2232 register char *fmt;
2233
2234 if (x == 0)
2235 return;
2236 code = GET_CODE (x);
2237 switch (code)
2238 {
2239 case PC:
2240 case CC0:
2241 case CONST_INT:
2242 case CONST_DOUBLE:
2243 case CONST:
2244 case SYMBOL_REF:
2245 case LABEL_REF:
2246 case REG:
2247 return;
2248
2249 case SET:
2250 /* Short cut for very common case. */
2251 replace_call_address (XEXP (x, 1), reg, addr);
2252 return;
2253
2254 case CALL:
2255 /* Short cut for very common case. */
2256 replace_call_address (XEXP (x, 0), reg, addr);
2257 return;
2258
2259 case MEM:
2260 /* If this MEM uses a reg other than the one we expected,
2261 something is wrong. */
2262 if (XEXP (x, 0) != reg)
2263 abort ();
2264 XEXP (x, 0) = addr;
2265 return;
2266
2267 default:
2268 break;
2269 }
2270
2271 fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code);
2272 for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
2273 {
2274 if (fmt[i] == 'e')
2275 replace_call_address (XEXP (x, i), reg, addr);
2276 if (fmt[i] == 'E')
2277 {
2278 register int j;
2279 for (j = 0; j < XVECLEN (x, i); j++)
2280 replace_call_address (XVECEXP (x, i, j), reg, addr);
2281 }
2282 }
2283 }
2284 #endif
2285 \f
2286 /* Return the number of memory refs to addresses that vary
2287 in the rtx X. */
2288
2289 static int
2290 count_nonfixed_reads (x)
2291 rtx x;
2292 {
2293 register enum rtx_code code;
2294 register int i;
2295 register char *fmt;
2296 int value;
2297
2298 if (x == 0)
2299 return 0;
2300
2301 code = GET_CODE (x);
2302 switch (code)
2303 {
2304 case PC:
2305 case CC0:
2306 case CONST_INT:
2307 case CONST_DOUBLE:
2308 case CONST:
2309 case SYMBOL_REF:
2310 case LABEL_REF:
2311 case REG:
2312 return 0;
2313
2314 case MEM:
2315 return ((invariant_p (XEXP (x, 0)) != 1)
2316 + count_nonfixed_reads (XEXP (x, 0)));
2317
2318 default:
2319 break;
2320 }
2321
2322 value = 0;
2323 fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code);
2324 for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
2325 {
2326 if (fmt[i] == 'e')
2327 value += count_nonfixed_reads (XEXP (x, i));
2328 if (fmt[i] == 'E')
2329 {
2330 register int j;
2331 for (j = 0; j < XVECLEN (x, i); j++)
2332 value += count_nonfixed_reads (XVECEXP (x, i, j));
2333 }
2334 }
2335 return value;
2336 }
2337
2338 \f
2339 #if 0
2340 /* P is an instruction that sets a register to the result of a ZERO_EXTEND.
2341 Replace it with an instruction to load just the low bytes
2342 if the machine supports such an instruction,
2343 and insert above LOOP_START an instruction to clear the register. */
2344
2345 static void
2346 constant_high_bytes (p, loop_start)
2347 rtx p, loop_start;
2348 {
2349 register rtx new;
2350 register int insn_code_number;
2351
2352 /* Try to change (SET (REG ...) (ZERO_EXTEND (..:B ...)))
2353 to (SET (STRICT_LOW_PART (SUBREG:B (REG...))) ...). */
2354
2355 new = gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode,
2356 gen_rtx_STRICT_LOW_PART (VOIDmode,
2357 gen_rtx_SUBREG (GET_MODE (XEXP (SET_SRC (PATTERN (p)), 0)),
2358 SET_DEST (PATTERN (p)),
2359 0)),
2360 XEXP (SET_SRC (PATTERN (p)), 0));
2361 insn_code_number = recog (new, p);
2362
2363 if (insn_code_number)
2364 {
2365 register int i;
2366
2367 /* Clear destination register before the loop. */
2368 emit_insn_before (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, SET_DEST (PATTERN (p)),
2369 const0_rtx),
2370 loop_start);
2371
2372 /* Inside the loop, just load the low part. */
2373 PATTERN (p) = new;
2374 }
2375 }
2376 #endif
2377 \f
2378 /* Scan a loop setting the variables `unknown_address_altered',
2379 `num_mem_sets', `loop_continue', loops_enclosed', `loop_has_call',
2380 and `loop_has_volatile'. Also, fill in the arrays `loop_mems' and
2381 `loop_store_mems'. */
2382
2383 static void
2384 prescan_loop (start, end)
2385 rtx start, end;
2386 {
2387 register int level = 1;
2388 rtx insn;
2389 int loop_has_multiple_exit_targets = 0;
2390 /* The label after END. Jumping here is just like falling off the
2391 end of the loop. We use next_nonnote_insn instead of next_label
2392 as a hedge against the (pathological) case where some actual insn
2393 might end up between the two. */
2394 rtx exit_target = next_nonnote_insn (end);
2395 if (exit_target == NULL_RTX || GET_CODE (exit_target) != CODE_LABEL)
2396 loop_has_multiple_exit_targets = 1;
2397
2398 unknown_address_altered = 0;
2399 loop_has_call = 0;
2400 loop_has_volatile = 0;
2401 loop_store_mems_idx = 0;
2402 loop_mems_idx = 0;
2403
2404 num_mem_sets = 0;
2405 loops_enclosed = 1;
2406 loop_continue = 0;
2407
2408 for (insn = NEXT_INSN (start); insn != NEXT_INSN (end);
2409 insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
2410 {
2411 if (GET_CODE (insn) == NOTE)
2412 {
2413 if (NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn) == NOTE_INSN_LOOP_BEG)
2414 {
2415 ++level;
2416 /* Count number of loops contained in this one. */
2417 loops_enclosed++;
2418 }
2419 else if (NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn) == NOTE_INSN_LOOP_END)
2420 {
2421 --level;
2422 if (level == 0)
2423 {
2424 end = insn;
2425 break;
2426 }
2427 }
2428 else if (NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn) == NOTE_INSN_LOOP_CONT)
2429 {
2430 if (level == 1)
2431 loop_continue = insn;
2432 }
2433 }
2434 else if (GET_CODE (insn) == CALL_INSN)
2435 {
2436 if (! CONST_CALL_P (insn))
2437 unknown_address_altered = 1;
2438 loop_has_call = 1;
2439 }
2440 else if (GET_CODE (insn) == INSN || GET_CODE (insn) == JUMP_INSN)
2441 {
2442 rtx label1 = NULL_RTX;
2443 rtx label2 = NULL_RTX;
2444
2445 if (volatile_refs_p (PATTERN (insn)))
2446 loop_has_volatile = 1;
2447
2448 note_stores (PATTERN (insn), note_addr_stored);
2449
2450 if (!loop_has_multiple_exit_targets
2451 && GET_CODE (insn) == JUMP_INSN
2452 && GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SET
2453 && SET_DEST (PATTERN (insn)) == pc_rtx)
2454 {
2455 if (GET_CODE (SET_SRC (PATTERN (insn))) == IF_THEN_ELSE)
2456 {
2457 label1 = XEXP (SET_SRC (PATTERN (insn)), 1);
2458 label2 = XEXP (SET_SRC (PATTERN (insn)), 2);
2459 }
2460 else
2461 {
2462 label1 = SET_SRC (PATTERN (insn));
2463 }
2464
2465 do {
2466 if (label1 && label1 != pc_rtx)
2467 {
2468 if (GET_CODE (label1) != LABEL_REF)
2469 {
2470 /* Something tricky. */
2471 loop_has_multiple_exit_targets = 1;
2472 break;
2473 }
2474 else if (XEXP (label1, 0) != exit_target
2475 && LABEL_OUTSIDE_LOOP_P (label1))
2476 {
2477 /* A jump outside the current loop. */
2478 loop_has_multiple_exit_targets = 1;
2479 break;
2480 }
2481 }
2482
2483 label1 = label2;
2484 label2 = NULL_RTX;
2485 } while (label1);
2486 }
2487 }
2488 else if (GET_CODE (insn) == RETURN)
2489 loop_has_multiple_exit_targets = 1;
2490 }
2491
2492 /* Now, rescan the loop, setting up the LOOP_MEMS array. */
2493 if (/* We can't tell what MEMs are aliased by what. */
2494 !unknown_address_altered
2495 /* An exception thrown by a called function might land us
2496 anywhere. */
2497 && !loop_has_call
2498 /* We don't want loads for MEMs moved to a location before the
2499 one at which their stack memory becomes allocated. (Note
2500 that this is not a problem for malloc, etc., since those
2501 require actual function calls. */
2502 && !current_function_calls_alloca
2503 /* There are ways to leave the loop other than falling off the
2504 end. */
2505 && !loop_has_multiple_exit_targets)
2506 for (insn = NEXT_INSN (start); insn != NEXT_INSN (end);
2507 insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
2508 for_each_rtx (&insn, insert_loop_mem, 0);
2509 }
2510 \f
2511 /* Scan the function looking for loops. Record the start and end of each loop.
2512 Also mark as invalid loops any loops that contain a setjmp or are branched
2513 to from outside the loop. */
2514
2515 static void
2516 find_and_verify_loops (f)
2517 rtx f;
2518 {
2519 rtx insn, label;
2520 int current_loop = -1;
2521 int next_loop = -1;
2522 int loop;
2523
2524 /* If there are jumps to undefined labels,
2525 treat them as jumps out of any/all loops.
2526 This also avoids writing past end of tables when there are no loops. */
2527 uid_loop_num[0] = -1;
2528
2529 /* Find boundaries of loops, mark which loops are contained within
2530 loops, and invalidate loops that have setjmp. */
2531
2532 for (insn = f; insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
2533 {
2534 if (GET_CODE (insn) == NOTE)
2535 switch (NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn))
2536 {
2537 case NOTE_INSN_LOOP_BEG:
2538 loop_number_loop_starts[++next_loop] = insn;
2539 loop_number_loop_ends[next_loop] = 0;
2540 loop_outer_loop[next_loop] = current_loop;
2541 loop_invalid[next_loop] = 0;
2542 loop_number_exit_labels[next_loop] = 0;
2543 loop_number_exit_count[next_loop] = 0;
2544 current_loop = next_loop;
2545 break;
2546
2547 case NOTE_INSN_SETJMP:
2548 /* In this case, we must invalidate our current loop and any
2549 enclosing loop. */
2550 for (loop = current_loop; loop != -1; loop = loop_outer_loop[loop])
2551 {
2552 loop_invalid[loop] = 1;
2553 if (loop_dump_stream)
2554 fprintf (loop_dump_stream,
2555 "\nLoop at %d ignored due to setjmp.\n",
2556 INSN_UID (loop_number_loop_starts[loop]));
2557 }
2558 break;
2559
2560 case NOTE_INSN_LOOP_END:
2561 if (current_loop == -1)
2562 abort ();
2563
2564 loop_number_loop_ends[current_loop] = insn;
2565 current_loop = loop_outer_loop[current_loop];
2566 break;
2567
2568 default:
2569 break;
2570 }
2571
2572 /* Note that this will mark the NOTE_INSN_LOOP_END note as being in the
2573 enclosing loop, but this doesn't matter. */
2574 uid_loop_num[INSN_UID (insn)] = current_loop;
2575 }
2576
2577 /* Any loop containing a label used in an initializer must be invalidated,
2578 because it can be jumped into from anywhere. */
2579
2580 for (label = forced_labels; label; label = XEXP (label, 1))
2581 {
2582 int loop_num;
2583
2584 for (loop_num = uid_loop_num[INSN_UID (XEXP (label, 0))];
2585 loop_num != -1;
2586 loop_num = loop_outer_loop[loop_num])
2587 loop_invalid[loop_num] = 1;
2588 }
2589
2590 /* Any loop containing a label used for an exception handler must be
2591 invalidated, because it can be jumped into from anywhere. */
2592
2593 for (label = exception_handler_labels; label; label = XEXP (label, 1))
2594 {
2595 int loop_num;
2596
2597 for (loop_num = uid_loop_num[INSN_UID (XEXP (label, 0))];
2598 loop_num != -1;
2599 loop_num = loop_outer_loop[loop_num])
2600 loop_invalid[loop_num] = 1;
2601 }
2602
2603 /* Now scan all insn's in the function. If any JUMP_INSN branches into a
2604 loop that it is not contained within, that loop is marked invalid.
2605 If any INSN or CALL_INSN uses a label's address, then the loop containing
2606 that label is marked invalid, because it could be jumped into from
2607 anywhere.
2608
2609 Also look for blocks of code ending in an unconditional branch that
2610 exits the loop. If such a block is surrounded by a conditional
2611 branch around the block, move the block elsewhere (see below) and
2612 invert the jump to point to the code block. This may eliminate a
2613 label in our loop and will simplify processing by both us and a
2614 possible second cse pass. */
2615
2616 for (insn = f; insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
2617 if (GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (insn)) == 'i')
2618 {
2619 int this_loop_num = uid_loop_num[INSN_UID (insn)];
2620
2621 if (GET_CODE (insn) == INSN || GET_CODE (insn) == CALL_INSN)
2622 {
2623 rtx note = find_reg_note (insn, REG_LABEL, NULL_RTX);
2624 if (note)
2625 {
2626 int loop_num;
2627
2628 for (loop_num = uid_loop_num[INSN_UID (XEXP (note, 0))];
2629 loop_num != -1;
2630 loop_num = loop_outer_loop[loop_num])
2631 loop_invalid[loop_num] = 1;
2632 }
2633 }
2634
2635 if (GET_CODE (insn) != JUMP_INSN)
2636 continue;
2637
2638 mark_loop_jump (PATTERN (insn), this_loop_num);
2639
2640 /* See if this is an unconditional branch outside the loop. */
2641 if (this_loop_num != -1
2642 && (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == RETURN
2643 || (simplejump_p (insn)
2644 && (uid_loop_num[INSN_UID (JUMP_LABEL (insn))]
2645 != this_loop_num)))
2646 && get_max_uid () < max_uid_for_loop)
2647 {
2648 rtx p;
2649 rtx our_next = next_real_insn (insn);
2650 int dest_loop;
2651 int outer_loop = -1;
2652
2653 /* Go backwards until we reach the start of the loop, a label,
2654 or a JUMP_INSN. */
2655 for (p = PREV_INSN (insn);
2656 GET_CODE (p) != CODE_LABEL
2657 && ! (GET_CODE (p) == NOTE
2658 && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (p) == NOTE_INSN_LOOP_BEG)
2659 && GET_CODE (p) != JUMP_INSN;
2660 p = PREV_INSN (p))
2661 ;
2662
2663 /* Check for the case where we have a jump to an inner nested
2664 loop, and do not perform the optimization in that case. */
2665
2666 if (JUMP_LABEL (insn))
2667 {
2668 dest_loop = uid_loop_num[INSN_UID (JUMP_LABEL (insn))];
2669 if (dest_loop != -1)
2670 {
2671 for (outer_loop = dest_loop; outer_loop != -1;
2672 outer_loop = loop_outer_loop[outer_loop])
2673 if (outer_loop == this_loop_num)
2674 break;
2675 }
2676 }
2677
2678 /* Make sure that the target of P is within the current loop. */
2679
2680 if (GET_CODE (p) == JUMP_INSN && JUMP_LABEL (p)
2681 && uid_loop_num[INSN_UID (JUMP_LABEL (p))] != this_loop_num)
2682 outer_loop = this_loop_num;
2683
2684 /* If we stopped on a JUMP_INSN to the next insn after INSN,
2685 we have a block of code to try to move.
2686
2687 We look backward and then forward from the target of INSN
2688 to find a BARRIER at the same loop depth as the target.
2689 If we find such a BARRIER, we make a new label for the start
2690 of the block, invert the jump in P and point it to that label,
2691 and move the block of code to the spot we found. */
2692
2693 if (outer_loop == -1
2694 && GET_CODE (p) == JUMP_INSN
2695 && JUMP_LABEL (p) != 0
2696 /* Just ignore jumps to labels that were never emitted.
2697 These always indicate compilation errors. */
2698 && INSN_UID (JUMP_LABEL (p)) != 0
2699 && condjump_p (p)
2700 && ! simplejump_p (p)
2701 && next_real_insn (JUMP_LABEL (p)) == our_next)
2702 {
2703 rtx target
2704 = JUMP_LABEL (insn) ? JUMP_LABEL (insn) : get_last_insn ();
2705 int target_loop_num = uid_loop_num[INSN_UID (target)];
2706 rtx loc;
2707
2708 for (loc = target; loc; loc = PREV_INSN (loc))
2709 if (GET_CODE (loc) == BARRIER
2710 && uid_loop_num[INSN_UID (loc)] == target_loop_num)
2711 break;
2712
2713 if (loc == 0)
2714 for (loc = target; loc; loc = NEXT_INSN (loc))
2715 if (GET_CODE (loc) == BARRIER
2716 && uid_loop_num[INSN_UID (loc)] == target_loop_num)
2717 break;
2718
2719 if (loc)
2720 {
2721 rtx cond_label = JUMP_LABEL (p);
2722 rtx new_label = get_label_after (p);
2723
2724 /* Ensure our label doesn't go away. */
2725 LABEL_NUSES (cond_label)++;
2726
2727 /* Verify that uid_loop_num is large enough and that
2728 we can invert P. */
2729 if (invert_jump (p, new_label))
2730 {
2731 rtx q, r;
2732
2733 /* If no suitable BARRIER was found, create a suitable
2734 one before TARGET. Since TARGET is a fall through
2735 path, we'll need to insert an jump around our block
2736 and a add a BARRIER before TARGET.
2737
2738 This creates an extra unconditional jump outside
2739 the loop. However, the benefits of removing rarely
2740 executed instructions from inside the loop usually
2741 outweighs the cost of the extra unconditional jump
2742 outside the loop. */
2743 if (loc == 0)
2744 {
2745 rtx temp;
2746
2747 temp = gen_jump (JUMP_LABEL (insn));
2748 temp = emit_jump_insn_before (temp, target);
2749 JUMP_LABEL (temp) = JUMP_LABEL (insn);
2750 LABEL_NUSES (JUMP_LABEL (insn))++;
2751 loc = emit_barrier_before (target);
2752 }
2753
2754 /* Include the BARRIER after INSN and copy the
2755 block after LOC. */
2756 new_label = squeeze_notes (new_label, NEXT_INSN (insn));
2757 reorder_insns (new_label, NEXT_INSN (insn), loc);
2758
2759 /* All those insns are now in TARGET_LOOP_NUM. */
2760 for (q = new_label; q != NEXT_INSN (NEXT_INSN (insn));
2761 q = NEXT_INSN (q))
2762 uid_loop_num[INSN_UID (q)] = target_loop_num;
2763
2764 /* The label jumped to by INSN is no longer a loop exit.
2765 Unless INSN does not have a label (e.g., it is a
2766 RETURN insn), search loop_number_exit_labels to find
2767 its label_ref, and remove it. Also turn off
2768 LABEL_OUTSIDE_LOOP_P bit. */
2769 if (JUMP_LABEL (insn))
2770 {
2771 int loop_num;
2772
2773 for (q = 0,
2774 r = loop_number_exit_labels[this_loop_num];
2775 r; q = r, r = LABEL_NEXTREF (r))
2776 if (XEXP (r, 0) == JUMP_LABEL (insn))
2777 {
2778 LABEL_OUTSIDE_LOOP_P (r) = 0;
2779 if (q)
2780 LABEL_NEXTREF (q) = LABEL_NEXTREF (r);
2781 else
2782 loop_number_exit_labels[this_loop_num]
2783 = LABEL_NEXTREF (r);
2784 break;
2785 }
2786
2787 for (loop_num = this_loop_num;
2788 loop_num != -1 && loop_num != target_loop_num;
2789 loop_num = loop_outer_loop[loop_num])
2790 loop_number_exit_count[loop_num]--;
2791
2792 /* If we didn't find it, then something is wrong. */
2793 if (! r)
2794 abort ();
2795 }
2796
2797 /* P is now a jump outside the loop, so it must be put
2798 in loop_number_exit_labels, and marked as such.
2799 The easiest way to do this is to just call
2800 mark_loop_jump again for P. */
2801 mark_loop_jump (PATTERN (p), this_loop_num);
2802
2803 /* If INSN now jumps to the insn after it,
2804 delete INSN. */
2805 if (JUMP_LABEL (insn) != 0
2806 && (next_real_insn (JUMP_LABEL (insn))
2807 == next_real_insn (insn)))
2808 delete_insn (insn);
2809 }
2810
2811 /* Continue the loop after where the conditional
2812 branch used to jump, since the only branch insn
2813 in the block (if it still remains) is an inter-loop
2814 branch and hence needs no processing. */
2815 insn = NEXT_INSN (cond_label);
2816
2817 if (--LABEL_NUSES (cond_label) == 0)
2818 delete_insn (cond_label);
2819
2820 /* This loop will be continued with NEXT_INSN (insn). */
2821 insn = PREV_INSN (insn);
2822 }
2823 }
2824 }
2825 }
2826 }
2827
2828 /* If any label in X jumps to a loop different from LOOP_NUM and any of the
2829 loops it is contained in, mark the target loop invalid.
2830
2831 For speed, we assume that X is part of a pattern of a JUMP_INSN. */
2832
2833 static void
2834 mark_loop_jump (x, loop_num)
2835 rtx x;
2836 int loop_num;
2837 {
2838 int dest_loop;
2839 int outer_loop;
2840 int i;
2841
2842 switch (GET_CODE (x))
2843 {
2844 case PC:
2845 case USE:
2846 case CLOBBER:
2847 case REG:
2848 case MEM:
2849 case CONST_INT:
2850 case CONST_DOUBLE:
2851 case RETURN:
2852 return;
2853
2854 case CONST:
2855 /* There could be a label reference in here. */
2856 mark_loop_jump (XEXP (x, 0), loop_num);
2857 return;
2858
2859 case PLUS:
2860 case MINUS:
2861 case MULT:
2862 mark_loop_jump (XEXP (x, 0), loop_num);
2863 mark_loop_jump (XEXP (x, 1), loop_num);
2864 return;
2865
2866 case SIGN_EXTEND:
2867 case ZERO_EXTEND:
2868 mark_loop_jump (XEXP (x, 0), loop_num);
2869 return;
2870
2871 case LABEL_REF:
2872 dest_loop = uid_loop_num[INSN_UID (XEXP (x, 0))];
2873
2874 /* Link together all labels that branch outside the loop. This
2875 is used by final_[bg]iv_value and the loop unrolling code. Also
2876 mark this LABEL_REF so we know that this branch should predict
2877 false. */
2878
2879 /* A check to make sure the label is not in an inner nested loop,
2880 since this does not count as a loop exit. */
2881 if (dest_loop != -1)
2882 {
2883 for (outer_loop = dest_loop; outer_loop != -1;
2884 outer_loop = loop_outer_loop[outer_loop])
2885 if (outer_loop == loop_num)
2886 break;
2887 }
2888 else
2889 outer_loop = -1;
2890
2891 if (loop_num != -1 && outer_loop == -1)
2892 {
2893 LABEL_OUTSIDE_LOOP_P (x) = 1;
2894 LABEL_NEXTREF (x) = loop_number_exit_labels[loop_num];
2895 loop_number_exit_labels[loop_num] = x;
2896
2897 for (outer_loop = loop_num;
2898 outer_loop != -1 && outer_loop != dest_loop;
2899 outer_loop = loop_outer_loop[outer_loop])
2900 loop_number_exit_count[outer_loop]++;
2901 }
2902
2903 /* If this is inside a loop, but not in the current loop or one enclosed
2904 by it, it invalidates at least one loop. */
2905
2906 if (dest_loop == -1)
2907 return;
2908
2909 /* We must invalidate every nested loop containing the target of this
2910 label, except those that also contain the jump insn. */
2911
2912 for (; dest_loop != -1; dest_loop = loop_outer_loop[dest_loop])
2913 {
2914 /* Stop when we reach a loop that also contains the jump insn. */
2915 for (outer_loop = loop_num; outer_loop != -1;
2916 outer_loop = loop_outer_loop[outer_loop])
2917 if (dest_loop == outer_loop)
2918 return;
2919
2920 /* If we get here, we know we need to invalidate a loop. */
2921 if (loop_dump_stream && ! loop_invalid[dest_loop])
2922 fprintf (loop_dump_stream,
2923 "\nLoop at %d ignored due to multiple entry points.\n",
2924 INSN_UID (loop_number_loop_starts[dest_loop]));
2925
2926 loop_invalid[dest_loop] = 1;
2927 }
2928 return;
2929
2930 case SET:
2931 /* If this is not setting pc, ignore. */
2932 if (SET_DEST (x) == pc_rtx)
2933 mark_loop_jump (SET_SRC (x), loop_num);
2934 return;
2935
2936 case IF_THEN_ELSE:
2937 mark_loop_jump (XEXP (x, 1), loop_num);
2938 mark_loop_jump (XEXP (x, 2), loop_num);
2939 return;
2940
2941 case PARALLEL:
2942 case ADDR_VEC:
2943 for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (x, 0); i++)
2944 mark_loop_jump (XVECEXP (x, 0, i), loop_num);
2945 return;
2946
2947 case ADDR_DIFF_VEC:
2948 for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (x, 1); i++)
2949 mark_loop_jump (XVECEXP (x, 1, i), loop_num);
2950 return;
2951
2952 default:
2953 /* Treat anything else (such as a symbol_ref)
2954 as a branch out of this loop, but not into any loop. */
2955
2956 if (loop_num != -1)
2957 {
2958 #ifdef HAVE_decrement_and_branch_on_count
2959 LABEL_OUTSIDE_LOOP_P (x) = 1;
2960 LABEL_NEXTREF (x) = loop_number_exit_labels[loop_num];
2961 #endif /* HAVE_decrement_and_branch_on_count */
2962
2963 loop_number_exit_labels[loop_num] = x;
2964
2965 for (outer_loop = loop_num; outer_loop != -1;
2966 outer_loop = loop_outer_loop[outer_loop])
2967 loop_number_exit_count[outer_loop]++;
2968 }
2969 return;
2970 }
2971 }
2972 \f
2973 /* Return nonzero if there is a label in the range from
2974 insn INSN to and including the insn whose luid is END
2975 INSN must have an assigned luid (i.e., it must not have
2976 been previously created by loop.c). */
2977
2978 static int
2979 labels_in_range_p (insn, end)
2980 rtx insn;
2981 int end;
2982 {
2983 while (insn && INSN_LUID (insn) <= end)
2984 {
2985 if (GET_CODE (insn) == CODE_LABEL)
2986 return 1;
2987 insn = NEXT_INSN (insn);
2988 }
2989
2990 return 0;
2991 }
2992
2993 /* Record that a memory reference X is being set. */
2994
2995 static void
2996 note_addr_stored (x, y)
2997 rtx x;
2998 rtx y ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
2999 {
3000 register int i;
3001
3002 if (x == 0 || GET_CODE (x) != MEM)
3003 return;
3004
3005 /* Count number of memory writes.
3006 This affects heuristics in strength_reduce. */
3007 num_mem_sets++;
3008
3009 /* BLKmode MEM means all memory is clobbered. */
3010 if (GET_MODE (x) == BLKmode)
3011 unknown_address_altered = 1;
3012
3013 if (unknown_address_altered)
3014 return;
3015
3016 for (i = 0; i < loop_store_mems_idx; i++)
3017 if (rtx_equal_p (XEXP (loop_store_mems[i], 0), XEXP (x, 0))
3018 && MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (x) == MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (loop_store_mems[i]))
3019 {
3020 /* We are storing at the same address as previously noted. Save the
3021 wider reference. */
3022 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x))
3023 > GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (loop_store_mems[i])))
3024 loop_store_mems[i] = x;
3025 break;
3026 }
3027
3028 if (i == NUM_STORES)
3029 unknown_address_altered = 1;
3030
3031 else if (i == loop_store_mems_idx)
3032 loop_store_mems[loop_store_mems_idx++] = x;
3033 }
3034 \f
3035 /* Return nonzero if the rtx X is invariant over the current loop.
3036
3037 The value is 2 if we refer to something only conditionally invariant.
3038
3039 If `unknown_address_altered' is nonzero, no memory ref is invariant.
3040 Otherwise, a memory ref is invariant if it does not conflict with
3041 anything stored in `loop_store_mems'. */
3042
3043 int
3044 invariant_p (x)
3045 register rtx x;
3046 {
3047 register int i;
3048 register enum rtx_code code;
3049 register char *fmt;
3050 int conditional = 0;
3051
3052 if (x == 0)
3053 return 1;
3054 code = GET_CODE (x);
3055 switch (code)
3056 {
3057 case CONST_INT:
3058 case CONST_DOUBLE:
3059 case SYMBOL_REF:
3060 case CONST:
3061 return 1;
3062
3063 case LABEL_REF:
3064 /* A LABEL_REF is normally invariant, however, if we are unrolling
3065 loops, and this label is inside the loop, then it isn't invariant.
3066 This is because each unrolled copy of the loop body will have
3067 a copy of this label. If this was invariant, then an insn loading
3068 the address of this label into a register might get moved outside
3069 the loop, and then each loop body would end up using the same label.
3070
3071 We don't know the loop bounds here though, so just fail for all
3072 labels. */
3073 if (flag_unroll_loops)
3074 return 0;
3075 else
3076 return 1;
3077
3078 case PC:
3079 case CC0:
3080 case UNSPEC_VOLATILE:
3081 return 0;
3082
3083 case REG:
3084 /* We used to check RTX_UNCHANGING_P (x) here, but that is invalid
3085 since the reg might be set by initialization within the loop. */
3086
3087 if ((x == frame_pointer_rtx || x == hard_frame_pointer_rtx
3088 || x == arg_pointer_rtx)
3089 && ! current_function_has_nonlocal_goto)
3090 return 1;
3091
3092 if (loop_has_call
3093 && REGNO (x) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER && call_used_regs[REGNO (x)])
3094 return 0;
3095
3096 if (VARRAY_INT (n_times_set, REGNO (x)) < 0)
3097 return 2;
3098
3099 return VARRAY_INT (n_times_set, REGNO (x)) == 0;
3100
3101 case MEM:
3102 /* Volatile memory references must be rejected. Do this before
3103 checking for read-only items, so that volatile read-only items
3104 will be rejected also. */
3105 if (MEM_VOLATILE_P (x))
3106 return 0;
3107
3108 /* Read-only items (such as constants in a constant pool) are
3109 invariant if their address is. */
3110 if (RTX_UNCHANGING_P (x))
3111 break;
3112
3113 /* If we filled the table (or had a subroutine call), any location
3114 in memory could have been clobbered. */
3115 if (unknown_address_altered)
3116 return 0;
3117
3118 /* See if there is any dependence between a store and this load. */
3119 for (i = loop_store_mems_idx - 1; i >= 0; i--)
3120 if (true_dependence (loop_store_mems[i], VOIDmode, x, rtx_varies_p))
3121 return 0;
3122
3123 /* It's not invalidated by a store in memory
3124 but we must still verify the address is invariant. */
3125 break;
3126
3127 case ASM_OPERANDS:
3128 /* Don't mess with insns declared volatile. */
3129 if (MEM_VOLATILE_P (x))
3130 return 0;
3131 break;
3132
3133 default:
3134 break;
3135 }
3136
3137 fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code);
3138 for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
3139 {
3140 if (fmt[i] == 'e')
3141 {
3142 int tem = invariant_p (XEXP (x, i));
3143 if (tem == 0)
3144 return 0;
3145 if (tem == 2)
3146 conditional = 1;
3147 }
3148 else if (fmt[i] == 'E')
3149 {
3150 register int j;
3151 for (j = 0; j < XVECLEN (x, i); j++)
3152 {
3153 int tem = invariant_p (XVECEXP (x, i, j));
3154 if (tem == 0)
3155 return 0;
3156 if (tem == 2)
3157 conditional = 1;
3158 }
3159
3160 }
3161 }
3162
3163 return 1 + conditional;
3164 }
3165
3166 \f
3167 /* Return nonzero if all the insns in the loop that set REG
3168 are INSN and the immediately following insns,
3169 and if each of those insns sets REG in an invariant way
3170 (not counting uses of REG in them).
3171
3172 The value is 2 if some of these insns are only conditionally invariant.
3173
3174 We assume that INSN itself is the first set of REG
3175 and that its source is invariant. */
3176
3177 static int
3178 consec_sets_invariant_p (reg, n_sets, insn)
3179 int n_sets;
3180 rtx reg, insn;
3181 {
3182 register rtx p = insn;
3183 register int regno = REGNO (reg);
3184 rtx temp;
3185 /* Number of sets we have to insist on finding after INSN. */
3186 int count = n_sets - 1;
3187 int old = VARRAY_INT (n_times_set, regno);
3188 int value = 0;
3189 int this;
3190
3191 /* If N_SETS hit the limit, we can't rely on its value. */
3192 if (n_sets == 127)
3193 return 0;
3194
3195 VARRAY_INT (n_times_set, regno) = 0;
3196
3197 while (count > 0)
3198 {
3199 register enum rtx_code code;
3200 rtx set;
3201
3202 p = NEXT_INSN (p);
3203 code = GET_CODE (p);
3204
3205 /* If library call, skip to end of it. */
3206 if (code == INSN && (temp = find_reg_note (p, REG_LIBCALL, NULL_RTX)))
3207 p = XEXP (temp, 0);
3208
3209 this = 0;
3210 if (code == INSN
3211 && (set = single_set (p))
3212 && GET_CODE (SET_DEST (set)) == REG
3213 && REGNO (SET_DEST (set)) == regno)
3214 {
3215 this = invariant_p (SET_SRC (set));
3216 if (this != 0)
3217 value |= this;
3218 else if ((temp = find_reg_note (p, REG_EQUAL, NULL_RTX)))
3219 {
3220 /* If this is a libcall, then any invariant REG_EQUAL note is OK.
3221 If this is an ordinary insn, then only CONSTANT_P REG_EQUAL
3222 notes are OK. */
3223 this = (CONSTANT_P (XEXP (temp, 0))
3224 || (find_reg_note (p, REG_RETVAL, NULL_RTX)
3225 && invariant_p (XEXP (temp, 0))));
3226 if (this != 0)
3227 value |= this;
3228 }
3229 }
3230 if (this != 0)
3231 count--;
3232 else if (code != NOTE)
3233 {
3234 VARRAY_INT (n_times_set, regno) = old;
3235 return 0;
3236 }
3237 }
3238
3239 VARRAY_INT (n_times_set, regno) = old;
3240 /* If invariant_p ever returned 2, we return 2. */
3241 return 1 + (value & 2);
3242 }
3243
3244 #if 0
3245 /* I don't think this condition is sufficient to allow INSN
3246 to be moved, so we no longer test it. */
3247
3248 /* Return 1 if all insns in the basic block of INSN and following INSN
3249 that set REG are invariant according to TABLE. */
3250
3251 static int
3252 all_sets_invariant_p (reg, insn, table)
3253 rtx reg, insn;
3254 short *table;
3255 {
3256 register rtx p = insn;
3257 register int regno = REGNO (reg);
3258
3259 while (1)
3260 {
3261 register enum rtx_code code;
3262 p = NEXT_INSN (p);
3263 code = GET_CODE (p);
3264 if (code == CODE_LABEL || code == JUMP_INSN)
3265 return 1;
3266 if (code == INSN && GET_CODE (PATTERN (p)) == SET
3267 && GET_CODE (SET_DEST (PATTERN (p))) == REG
3268 && REGNO (SET_DEST (PATTERN (p))) == regno)
3269 {
3270 if (!invariant_p (SET_SRC (PATTERN (p)), table))
3271 return 0;
3272 }
3273 }
3274 }
3275 #endif /* 0 */
3276 \f
3277 /* Look at all uses (not sets) of registers in X. For each, if it is
3278 the single use, set USAGE[REGNO] to INSN; if there was a previous use in
3279 a different insn, set USAGE[REGNO] to const0_rtx. */
3280
3281 static void
3282 find_single_use_in_loop (insn, x, usage)
3283 rtx insn;
3284 rtx x;
3285 varray_type usage;
3286 {
3287 enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (x);
3288 char *fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code);
3289 int i, j;
3290
3291 if (code == REG)
3292 VARRAY_RTX (usage, REGNO (x))
3293 = (VARRAY_RTX (usage, REGNO (x)) != 0
3294 && VARRAY_RTX (usage, REGNO (x)) != insn)
3295 ? const0_rtx : insn;
3296
3297 else if (code == SET)
3298 {
3299 /* Don't count SET_DEST if it is a REG; otherwise count things
3300 in SET_DEST because if a register is partially modified, it won't
3301 show up as a potential movable so we don't care how USAGE is set
3302 for it. */
3303 if (GET_CODE (SET_DEST (x)) != REG)
3304 find_single_use_in_loop (insn, SET_DEST (x), usage);
3305 find_single_use_in_loop (insn, SET_SRC (x), usage);
3306 }
3307 else
3308 for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
3309 {
3310 if (fmt[i] == 'e' && XEXP (x, i) != 0)
3311 find_single_use_in_loop (insn, XEXP (x, i), usage);
3312 else if (fmt[i] == 'E')
3313 for (j = XVECLEN (x, i) - 1; j >= 0; j--)
3314 find_single_use_in_loop (insn, XVECEXP (x, i, j), usage);
3315 }
3316 }
3317 \f
3318 /* Count and record any set in X which is contained in INSN. Update
3319 MAY_NOT_MOVE and LAST_SET for any register set in X. */
3320
3321 static void
3322 count_one_set (insn, x, may_not_move, last_set)
3323 rtx insn, x;
3324 varray_type may_not_move;
3325 rtx *last_set;
3326 {
3327 if (GET_CODE (x) == CLOBBER && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == REG)
3328 /* Don't move a reg that has an explicit clobber.
3329 It's not worth the pain to try to do it correctly. */
3330 VARRAY_CHAR (may_not_move, REGNO (XEXP (x, 0))) = 1;
3331
3332 if (GET_CODE (x) == SET || GET_CODE (x) == CLOBBER)
3333 {
3334 rtx dest = SET_DEST (x);
3335 while (GET_CODE (dest) == SUBREG
3336 || GET_CODE (dest) == ZERO_EXTRACT
3337 || GET_CODE (dest) == SIGN_EXTRACT
3338 || GET_CODE (dest) == STRICT_LOW_PART)
3339 dest = XEXP (dest, 0);
3340 if (GET_CODE (dest) == REG)
3341 {
3342 register int regno = REGNO (dest);
3343 /* If this is the first setting of this reg
3344 in current basic block, and it was set before,
3345 it must be set in two basic blocks, so it cannot
3346 be moved out of the loop. */
3347 if (VARRAY_INT (n_times_set, regno) > 0
3348 && last_set[regno] == 0)
3349 VARRAY_CHAR (may_not_move, regno) = 1;
3350 /* If this is not first setting in current basic block,
3351 see if reg was used in between previous one and this.
3352 If so, neither one can be moved. */
3353 if (last_set[regno] != 0
3354 && reg_used_between_p (dest, last_set[regno], insn))
3355 VARRAY_CHAR (may_not_move, regno) = 1;
3356 if (VARRAY_INT (n_times_set, regno) < 127)
3357 ++VARRAY_INT (n_times_set, regno);
3358 last_set[regno] = insn;
3359 }
3360 }
3361 }
3362
3363 /* Increment N_TIMES_SET at the index of each register
3364 that is modified by an insn between FROM and TO.
3365 If the value of an element of N_TIMES_SET becomes 127 or more,
3366 stop incrementing it, to avoid overflow.
3367
3368 Store in SINGLE_USAGE[I] the single insn in which register I is
3369 used, if it is only used once. Otherwise, it is set to 0 (for no
3370 uses) or const0_rtx for more than one use. This parameter may be zero,
3371 in which case this processing is not done.
3372
3373 Store in *COUNT_PTR the number of actual instruction
3374 in the loop. We use this to decide what is worth moving out. */
3375
3376 /* last_set[n] is nonzero iff reg n has been set in the current basic block.
3377 In that case, it is the insn that last set reg n. */
3378
3379 static void
3380 count_loop_regs_set (from, to, may_not_move, single_usage, count_ptr, nregs)
3381 register rtx from, to;
3382 varray_type may_not_move;
3383 varray_type single_usage;
3384 int *count_ptr;
3385 int nregs;
3386 {
3387 register rtx *last_set = (rtx *) alloca (nregs * sizeof (rtx));
3388 register rtx insn;
3389 register int count = 0;
3390 register rtx dest;
3391
3392 bzero ((char *) last_set, nregs * sizeof (rtx));
3393 for (insn = from; insn != to; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
3394 {
3395 if (GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (insn)) == 'i')
3396 {
3397 ++count;
3398
3399 /* If requested, record registers that have exactly one use. */
3400 if (single_usage)
3401 {
3402 find_single_use_in_loop (insn, PATTERN (insn), single_usage);
3403
3404 /* Include uses in REG_EQUAL notes. */
3405 if (REG_NOTES (insn))
3406 find_single_use_in_loop (insn, REG_NOTES (insn), single_usage);
3407 }
3408
3409 if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SET
3410 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == CLOBBER)
3411 count_one_set (insn, PATTERN (insn), may_not_move, last_set);
3412 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == PARALLEL)
3413 {
3414 register int i;
3415 for (i = XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn), 0) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
3416 count_one_set (insn, XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i),
3417 may_not_move, last_set);
3418 }
3419 }
3420
3421 if (GET_CODE (insn) == CODE_LABEL || GET_CODE (insn) == JUMP_INSN)
3422 bzero ((char *) last_set, nregs * sizeof (rtx));
3423 }
3424 *count_ptr = count;
3425 }
3426 \f
3427 /* Given a loop that is bounded by LOOP_START and LOOP_END
3428 and that is entered at SCAN_START,
3429 return 1 if the register set in SET contained in insn INSN is used by
3430 any insn that precedes INSN in cyclic order starting
3431 from the loop entry point.
3432
3433 We don't want to use INSN_LUID here because if we restrict INSN to those
3434 that have a valid INSN_LUID, it means we cannot move an invariant out
3435 from an inner loop past two loops. */
3436
3437 static int
3438 loop_reg_used_before_p (set, insn, loop_start, scan_start, loop_end)
3439 rtx set, insn, loop_start, scan_start, loop_end;
3440 {
3441 rtx reg = SET_DEST (set);
3442 rtx p;
3443
3444 /* Scan forward checking for register usage. If we hit INSN, we
3445 are done. Otherwise, if we hit LOOP_END, wrap around to LOOP_START. */
3446 for (p = scan_start; p != insn; p = NEXT_INSN (p))
3447 {
3448 if (GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (p)) == 'i'
3449 && reg_overlap_mentioned_p (reg, PATTERN (p)))
3450 return 1;
3451
3452 if (p == loop_end)
3453 p = loop_start;
3454 }
3455
3456 return 0;
3457 }
3458 \f
3459 /* A "basic induction variable" or biv is a pseudo reg that is set
3460 (within this loop) only by incrementing or decrementing it. */
3461 /* A "general induction variable" or giv is a pseudo reg whose
3462 value is a linear function of a biv. */
3463
3464 /* Bivs are recognized by `basic_induction_var';
3465 Givs by `general_induction_var'. */
3466
3467 /* Indexed by register number, indicates whether or not register is an
3468 induction variable, and if so what type. */
3469
3470 enum iv_mode *reg_iv_type;
3471
3472 /* Indexed by register number, contains pointer to `struct induction'
3473 if register is an induction variable. This holds general info for
3474 all induction variables. */
3475
3476 struct induction **reg_iv_info;
3477
3478 /* Indexed by register number, contains pointer to `struct iv_class'
3479 if register is a basic induction variable. This holds info describing
3480 the class (a related group) of induction variables that the biv belongs
3481 to. */
3482
3483 struct iv_class **reg_biv_class;
3484
3485 /* The head of a list which links together (via the next field)
3486 every iv class for the current loop. */
3487
3488 struct iv_class *loop_iv_list;
3489
3490 /* Communication with routines called via `note_stores'. */
3491
3492 static rtx note_insn;
3493
3494 /* Dummy register to have non-zero DEST_REG for DEST_ADDR type givs. */
3495
3496 static rtx addr_placeholder;
3497
3498 /* ??? Unfinished optimizations, and possible future optimizations,
3499 for the strength reduction code. */
3500
3501 /* ??? The interaction of biv elimination, and recognition of 'constant'
3502 bivs, may cause problems. */
3503
3504 /* ??? Add heuristics so that DEST_ADDR strength reduction does not cause
3505 performance problems.
3506
3507 Perhaps don't eliminate things that can be combined with an addressing
3508 mode. Find all givs that have the same biv, mult_val, and add_val;
3509 then for each giv, check to see if its only use dies in a following
3510 memory address. If so, generate a new memory address and check to see
3511 if it is valid. If it is valid, then store the modified memory address,
3512 otherwise, mark the giv as not done so that it will get its own iv. */
3513
3514 /* ??? Could try to optimize branches when it is known that a biv is always
3515 positive. */
3516
3517 /* ??? When replace a biv in a compare insn, we should replace with closest
3518 giv so that an optimized branch can still be recognized by the combiner,
3519 e.g. the VAX acb insn. */
3520
3521 /* ??? Many of the checks involving uid_luid could be simplified if regscan
3522 was rerun in loop_optimize whenever a register was added or moved.
3523 Also, some of the optimizations could be a little less conservative. */
3524 \f
3525 /* Perform strength reduction and induction variable elimination.
3526
3527 Pseudo registers created during this function will be beyond the last
3528 valid index in several tables including n_times_set and regno_last_uid.
3529 This does not cause a problem here, because the added registers cannot be
3530 givs outside of their loop, and hence will never be reconsidered.
3531 But scan_loop must check regnos to make sure they are in bounds.
3532
3533 SCAN_START is the first instruction in the loop, as the loop would
3534 actually be executed. END is the NOTE_INSN_LOOP_END. LOOP_TOP is
3535 the first instruction in the loop, as it is layed out in the
3536 instruction stream. LOOP_START is the NOTE_INSN_LOOP_BEG. */
3537
3538 static void
3539 strength_reduce (scan_start, end, loop_top, insn_count,
3540 loop_start, loop_end, unroll_p, bct_p)
3541 rtx scan_start;
3542 rtx end;
3543 rtx loop_top;
3544 int insn_count;
3545 rtx loop_start;
3546 rtx loop_end;
3547 int unroll_p, bct_p;
3548 {
3549 rtx p;
3550 rtx set;
3551 rtx inc_val;
3552 rtx mult_val;
3553 rtx dest_reg;
3554 /* This is 1 if current insn is not executed at least once for every loop
3555 iteration. */
3556 int not_every_iteration = 0;
3557 /* This is 1 if current insn may be executed more than once for every
3558 loop iteration. */
3559 int maybe_multiple = 0;
3560 /* Temporary list pointers for traversing loop_iv_list. */
3561 struct iv_class *bl, **backbl;
3562 /* Ratio of extra register life span we can justify
3563 for saving an instruction. More if loop doesn't call subroutines
3564 since in that case saving an insn makes more difference
3565 and more registers are available. */
3566 /* ??? could set this to last value of threshold in move_movables */
3567 int threshold = (loop_has_call ? 1 : 2) * (3 + n_non_fixed_regs);
3568 /* Map of pseudo-register replacements. */
3569 rtx *reg_map;
3570 int call_seen;
3571 rtx test;
3572 rtx end_insert_before;
3573 int loop_depth = 0;
3574
3575 reg_iv_type = (enum iv_mode *) alloca (max_reg_before_loop
3576 * sizeof (enum iv_mode *));
3577 bzero ((char *) reg_iv_type, max_reg_before_loop * sizeof (enum iv_mode *));
3578 reg_iv_info = (struct induction **)
3579 alloca (max_reg_before_loop * sizeof (struct induction *));
3580 bzero ((char *) reg_iv_info, (max_reg_before_loop
3581 * sizeof (struct induction *)));
3582 reg_biv_class = (struct iv_class **)
3583 alloca (max_reg_before_loop * sizeof (struct iv_class *));
3584 bzero ((char *) reg_biv_class, (max_reg_before_loop
3585 * sizeof (struct iv_class *)));
3586
3587 loop_iv_list = 0;
3588 addr_placeholder = gen_reg_rtx (Pmode);
3589
3590 /* Save insn immediately after the loop_end. Insns inserted after loop_end
3591 must be put before this insn, so that they will appear in the right
3592 order (i.e. loop order).
3593
3594 If loop_end is the end of the current function, then emit a
3595 NOTE_INSN_DELETED after loop_end and set end_insert_before to the
3596 dummy note insn. */
3597 if (NEXT_INSN (loop_end) != 0)
3598 end_insert_before = NEXT_INSN (loop_end);
3599 else
3600 end_insert_before = emit_note_after (NOTE_INSN_DELETED, loop_end);
3601
3602 /* Scan through loop to find all possible bivs. */
3603
3604 for (p = next_insn_in_loop (scan_start, scan_start, end, loop_top);
3605 p != NULL_RTX;
3606 p = next_insn_in_loop (p, scan_start, end, loop_top))
3607 {
3608 if (GET_CODE (p) == INSN
3609 && (set = single_set (p))
3610 && GET_CODE (SET_DEST (set)) == REG)
3611 {
3612 dest_reg = SET_DEST (set);
3613 if (REGNO (dest_reg) < max_reg_before_loop
3614 && REGNO (dest_reg) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
3615 && reg_iv_type[REGNO (dest_reg)] != NOT_BASIC_INDUCT)
3616 {
3617 if (basic_induction_var (SET_SRC (set), GET_MODE (SET_SRC (set)),
3618 dest_reg, p, &inc_val, &mult_val))
3619 {
3620 /* It is a possible basic induction variable.
3621 Create and initialize an induction structure for it. */
3622
3623 struct induction *v
3624 = (struct induction *) alloca (sizeof (struct induction));
3625
3626 record_biv (v, p, dest_reg, inc_val, mult_val,
3627 not_every_iteration, maybe_multiple);
3628 reg_iv_type[REGNO (dest_reg)] = BASIC_INDUCT;
3629 }
3630 else if (REGNO (dest_reg) < max_reg_before_loop)
3631 reg_iv_type[REGNO (dest_reg)] = NOT_BASIC_INDUCT;
3632 }
3633 }
3634
3635 /* Past CODE_LABEL, we get to insns that may be executed multiple
3636 times. The only way we can be sure that they can't is if every
3637 jump insn between here and the end of the loop either
3638 returns, exits the loop, is a forward jump, or is a jump
3639 to the loop start. */
3640
3641 if (GET_CODE (p) == CODE_LABEL)
3642 {
3643 rtx insn = p;
3644
3645 maybe_multiple = 0;
3646
3647 while (1)
3648 {
3649 insn = NEXT_INSN (insn);
3650 if (insn == scan_start)
3651 break;
3652 if (insn == end)
3653 {
3654 if (loop_top != 0)
3655 insn = loop_top;
3656 else
3657 break;
3658 if (insn == scan_start)
3659 break;
3660 }
3661
3662 if (GET_CODE (insn) == JUMP_INSN
3663 && GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) != RETURN
3664 && (! condjump_p (insn)
3665 || (JUMP_LABEL (insn) != 0
3666 && JUMP_LABEL (insn) != scan_start
3667 && (INSN_UID (JUMP_LABEL (insn)) >= max_uid_for_loop
3668 || INSN_UID (insn) >= max_uid_for_loop
3669 || (INSN_LUID (JUMP_LABEL (insn))
3670 < INSN_LUID (insn))))))
3671 {
3672 maybe_multiple = 1;
3673 break;
3674 }
3675 }
3676 }
3677
3678 /* Past a jump, we get to insns for which we can't count
3679 on whether they will be executed during each iteration. */
3680 /* This code appears twice in strength_reduce. There is also similar
3681 code in scan_loop. */
3682 if (GET_CODE (p) == JUMP_INSN
3683 /* If we enter the loop in the middle, and scan around to the
3684 beginning, don't set not_every_iteration for that.
3685 This can be any kind of jump, since we want to know if insns
3686 will be executed if the loop is executed. */
3687 && ! (JUMP_LABEL (p) == loop_top
3688 && ((NEXT_INSN (NEXT_INSN (p)) == loop_end && simplejump_p (p))
3689 || (NEXT_INSN (p) == loop_end && condjump_p (p)))))
3690 {
3691 rtx label = 0;
3692
3693 /* If this is a jump outside the loop, then it also doesn't
3694 matter. Check to see if the target of this branch is on the
3695 loop_number_exits_labels list. */
3696
3697 for (label = loop_number_exit_labels[uid_loop_num[INSN_UID (loop_start)]];
3698 label;
3699 label = LABEL_NEXTREF (label))
3700 if (XEXP (label, 0) == JUMP_LABEL (p))
3701 break;
3702
3703 if (! label)
3704 not_every_iteration = 1;
3705 }
3706
3707 else if (GET_CODE (p) == NOTE)
3708 {
3709 /* At the virtual top of a converted loop, insns are again known to
3710 be executed each iteration: logically, the loop begins here
3711 even though the exit code has been duplicated. */
3712 if (NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (p) == NOTE_INSN_LOOP_VTOP && loop_depth == 0)
3713 not_every_iteration = 0;
3714 else if (NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (p) == NOTE_INSN_LOOP_BEG)
3715 loop_depth++;
3716 else if (NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (p) == NOTE_INSN_LOOP_END)
3717 loop_depth--;
3718 }
3719
3720 /* Unlike in the code motion pass where MAYBE_NEVER indicates that
3721 an insn may never be executed, NOT_EVERY_ITERATION indicates whether
3722 or not an insn is known to be executed each iteration of the
3723 loop, whether or not any iterations are known to occur.
3724
3725 Therefore, if we have just passed a label and have no more labels
3726 between here and the test insn of the loop, we know these insns
3727 will be executed each iteration. */
3728
3729 if (not_every_iteration && GET_CODE (p) == CODE_LABEL
3730 && no_labels_between_p (p, loop_end))
3731 not_every_iteration = 0;
3732 }
3733
3734 /* Scan loop_iv_list to remove all regs that proved not to be bivs.
3735 Make a sanity check against n_times_set. */
3736 for (backbl = &loop_iv_list, bl = *backbl; bl; bl = bl->next)
3737 {
3738 if (reg_iv_type[bl->regno] != BASIC_INDUCT
3739 /* Above happens if register modified by subreg, etc. */
3740 /* Make sure it is not recognized as a basic induction var: */
3741 || VARRAY_INT (n_times_set, bl->regno) != bl->biv_count
3742 /* If never incremented, it is invariant that we decided not to
3743 move. So leave it alone. */
3744 || ! bl->incremented)
3745 {
3746 if (loop_dump_stream)
3747 fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "Reg %d: biv discarded, %s\n",
3748 bl->regno,
3749 (reg_iv_type[bl->regno] != BASIC_INDUCT
3750 ? "not induction variable"
3751 : (! bl->incremented ? "never incremented"
3752 : "count error")));
3753
3754 reg_iv_type[bl->regno] = NOT_BASIC_INDUCT;
3755 *backbl = bl->next;
3756 }
3757 else
3758 {
3759 backbl = &bl->next;
3760
3761 if (loop_dump_stream)
3762 fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "Reg %d: biv verified\n", bl->regno);
3763 }
3764 }
3765
3766 /* Exit if there are no bivs. */
3767 if (! loop_iv_list)
3768 {
3769 /* Can still unroll the loop anyways, but indicate that there is no
3770 strength reduction info available. */
3771 if (unroll_p)
3772 unroll_loop (loop_end, insn_count, loop_start, end_insert_before, 0);
3773
3774 return;
3775 }
3776
3777 /* Find initial value for each biv by searching backwards from loop_start,
3778 halting at first label. Also record any test condition. */
3779
3780 call_seen = 0;
3781 for (p = loop_start; p && GET_CODE (p) != CODE_LABEL; p = PREV_INSN (p))
3782 {
3783 note_insn = p;
3784
3785 if (GET_CODE (p) == CALL_INSN)
3786 call_seen = 1;
3787
3788 if (GET_CODE (p) == INSN || GET_CODE (p) == JUMP_INSN
3789 || GET_CODE (p) == CALL_INSN)
3790 note_stores (PATTERN (p), record_initial);
3791
3792 /* Record any test of a biv that branches around the loop if no store
3793 between it and the start of loop. We only care about tests with
3794 constants and registers and only certain of those. */
3795 if (GET_CODE (p) == JUMP_INSN
3796 && JUMP_LABEL (p) != 0
3797 && next_real_insn (JUMP_LABEL (p)) == next_real_insn (loop_end)
3798 && (test = get_condition_for_loop (p)) != 0
3799 && GET_CODE (XEXP (test, 0)) == REG
3800 && REGNO (XEXP (test, 0)) < max_reg_before_loop
3801 && (bl = reg_biv_class[REGNO (XEXP (test, 0))]) != 0
3802 && valid_initial_value_p (XEXP (test, 1), p, call_seen, loop_start)
3803 && bl->init_insn == 0)
3804 {
3805 /* If an NE test, we have an initial value! */
3806 if (GET_CODE (test) == NE)
3807 {
3808 bl->init_insn = p;
3809 bl->init_set = gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode,
3810 XEXP (test, 0), XEXP (test, 1));
3811 }
3812 else
3813 bl->initial_test = test;
3814 }
3815 }
3816
3817 /* Look at the each biv and see if we can say anything better about its
3818 initial value from any initializing insns set up above. (This is done
3819 in two passes to avoid missing SETs in a PARALLEL.) */
3820 for (bl = loop_iv_list; bl; bl = bl->next)
3821 {
3822 rtx src;
3823 rtx note;
3824
3825 if (! bl->init_insn)
3826 continue;
3827
3828 /* IF INIT_INSN has a REG_EQUAL or REG_EQUIV note and the value
3829 is a constant, use the value of that. */
3830 if (((note = find_reg_note (bl->init_insn, REG_EQUAL, 0)) != NULL
3831 && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (note, 0)))
3832 || ((note = find_reg_note (bl->init_insn, REG_EQUIV, 0)) != NULL
3833 && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (note, 0))))
3834 src = XEXP (note, 0);
3835 else
3836 src = SET_SRC (bl->init_set);
3837
3838 if (loop_dump_stream)
3839 fprintf (loop_dump_stream,
3840 "Biv %d initialized at insn %d: initial value ",
3841 bl->regno, INSN_UID (bl->init_insn));
3842
3843 if ((GET_MODE (src) == GET_MODE (regno_reg_rtx[bl->regno])
3844 || GET_MODE (src) == VOIDmode)
3845 && valid_initial_value_p (src, bl->init_insn, call_seen, loop_start))
3846 {
3847 bl->initial_value = src;
3848
3849 if (loop_dump_stream)
3850 {
3851 if (GET_CODE (src) == CONST_INT)
3852 {
3853 fprintf (loop_dump_stream, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC, INTVAL (src));
3854 fputc ('\n', loop_dump_stream);
3855 }
3856 else
3857 {
3858 print_rtl (loop_dump_stream, src);
3859 fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "\n");
3860 }
3861 }
3862 }
3863 else
3864 {
3865 /* Biv initial value is not simple move,
3866 so let it keep initial value of "itself". */
3867
3868 if (loop_dump_stream)
3869 fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "is complex\n");
3870 }
3871 }
3872
3873 /* Search the loop for general induction variables. */
3874
3875 /* A register is a giv if: it is only set once, it is a function of a
3876 biv and a constant (or invariant), and it is not a biv. */
3877
3878 not_every_iteration = 0;
3879 loop_depth = 0;
3880 p = scan_start;
3881 while (1)
3882 {
3883 p = NEXT_INSN (p);
3884 /* At end of a straight-in loop, we are done.
3885 At end of a loop entered at the bottom, scan the top. */
3886 if (p == scan_start)
3887 break;
3888 if (p == end)
3889 {
3890 if (loop_top != 0)
3891 p = loop_top;
3892 else
3893 break;
3894 if (p == scan_start)
3895 break;
3896 }
3897
3898 /* Look for a general induction variable in a register. */
3899 if (GET_CODE (p) == INSN
3900 && (set = single_set (p))
3901 && GET_CODE (SET_DEST (set)) == REG
3902 && ! VARRAY_CHAR (may_not_optimize, REGNO (SET_DEST (set))))
3903 {
3904 rtx src_reg;
3905 rtx add_val;
3906 rtx mult_val;
3907 int benefit;
3908 rtx regnote = 0;
3909
3910 dest_reg = SET_DEST (set);
3911 if (REGNO (dest_reg) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
3912 continue;
3913
3914 if (/* SET_SRC is a giv. */
3915 (general_induction_var (SET_SRC (set), &src_reg, &add_val,
3916 &mult_val, 0, &benefit)
3917 /* Equivalent expression is a giv. */
3918 || ((regnote = find_reg_note (p, REG_EQUAL, NULL_RTX))
3919 && general_induction_var (XEXP (regnote, 0), &src_reg,
3920 &add_val, &mult_val, 0,
3921 &benefit)))
3922 /* Don't try to handle any regs made by loop optimization.
3923 We have nothing on them in regno_first_uid, etc. */
3924 && REGNO (dest_reg) < max_reg_before_loop
3925 /* Don't recognize a BASIC_INDUCT_VAR here. */
3926 && dest_reg != src_reg
3927 /* This must be the only place where the register is set. */
3928 && (VARRAY_INT (n_times_set, REGNO (dest_reg)) == 1
3929 /* or all sets must be consecutive and make a giv. */
3930 || (benefit = consec_sets_giv (benefit, p,
3931 src_reg, dest_reg,
3932 &add_val, &mult_val))))
3933 {
3934 int count;
3935 struct induction *v
3936 = (struct induction *) alloca (sizeof (struct induction));
3937 rtx temp;
3938
3939 /* If this is a library call, increase benefit. */
3940 if (find_reg_note (p, REG_RETVAL, NULL_RTX))
3941 benefit += libcall_benefit (p);
3942
3943 /* Skip the consecutive insns, if there are any. */
3944 for (count = VARRAY_INT (n_times_set, REGNO (dest_reg)) - 1;
3945 count > 0; count--)
3946 {
3947 /* If first insn of libcall sequence, skip to end.
3948 Do this at start of loop, since INSN is guaranteed to
3949 be an insn here. */
3950 if (GET_CODE (p) != NOTE
3951 && (temp = find_reg_note (p, REG_LIBCALL, NULL_RTX)))
3952 p = XEXP (temp, 0);
3953
3954 do p = NEXT_INSN (p);
3955 while (GET_CODE (p) == NOTE);
3956 }
3957
3958 record_giv (v, p, src_reg, dest_reg, mult_val, add_val, benefit,
3959 DEST_REG, not_every_iteration, NULL_PTR, loop_start,
3960 loop_end);
3961
3962 }
3963 }
3964
3965 #ifndef DONT_REDUCE_ADDR
3966 /* Look for givs which are memory addresses. */
3967 /* This resulted in worse code on a VAX 8600. I wonder if it
3968 still does. */
3969 if (GET_CODE (p) == INSN)
3970 find_mem_givs (PATTERN (p), p, not_every_iteration, loop_start,
3971 loop_end);
3972 #endif
3973
3974 /* Update the status of whether giv can derive other givs. This can
3975 change when we pass a label or an insn that updates a biv. */
3976 if (GET_CODE (p) == INSN || GET_CODE (p) == JUMP_INSN
3977 || GET_CODE (p) == CODE_LABEL)
3978 update_giv_derive (p);
3979
3980 /* Past a jump, we get to insns for which we can't count
3981 on whether they will be executed during each iteration. */
3982 /* This code appears twice in strength_reduce. There is also similar
3983 code in scan_loop. */
3984 if (GET_CODE (p) == JUMP_INSN
3985 /* If we enter the loop in the middle, and scan around to the
3986 beginning, don't set not_every_iteration for that.
3987 This can be any kind of jump, since we want to know if insns
3988 will be executed if the loop is executed. */
3989 && ! (JUMP_LABEL (p) == loop_top
3990 && ((NEXT_INSN (NEXT_INSN (p)) == loop_end && simplejump_p (p))
3991 || (NEXT_INSN (p) == loop_end && condjump_p (p)))))
3992 {
3993 rtx label = 0;
3994
3995 /* If this is a jump outside the loop, then it also doesn't
3996 matter. Check to see if the target of this branch is on the
3997 loop_number_exits_labels list. */
3998
3999 for (label = loop_number_exit_labels[uid_loop_num[INSN_UID (loop_start)]];
4000 label;
4001 label = LABEL_NEXTREF (label))
4002 if (XEXP (label, 0) == JUMP_LABEL (p))
4003 break;
4004
4005 if (! label)
4006 not_every_iteration = 1;
4007 }
4008
4009 else if (GET_CODE (p) == NOTE)
4010 {
4011 /* At the virtual top of a converted loop, insns are again known to
4012 be executed each iteration: logically, the loop begins here
4013 even though the exit code has been duplicated. */
4014 if (NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (p) == NOTE_INSN_LOOP_VTOP && loop_depth == 0)
4015 not_every_iteration = 0;
4016 else if (NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (p) == NOTE_INSN_LOOP_BEG)
4017 loop_depth++;
4018 else if (NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (p) == NOTE_INSN_LOOP_END)
4019 loop_depth--;
4020 }
4021
4022 /* Unlike in the code motion pass where MAYBE_NEVER indicates that
4023 an insn may never be executed, NOT_EVERY_ITERATION indicates whether
4024 or not an insn is known to be executed each iteration of the
4025 loop, whether or not any iterations are known to occur.
4026
4027 Therefore, if we have just passed a label and have no more labels
4028 between here and the test insn of the loop, we know these insns
4029 will be executed each iteration. */
4030
4031 if (not_every_iteration && GET_CODE (p) == CODE_LABEL
4032 && no_labels_between_p (p, loop_end))
4033 not_every_iteration = 0;
4034 }
4035
4036 /* Try to calculate and save the number of loop iterations. This is
4037 set to zero if the actual number can not be calculated. This must
4038 be called after all giv's have been identified, since otherwise it may
4039 fail if the iteration variable is a giv. */
4040
4041 loop_n_iterations = loop_iterations (loop_start, loop_end);
4042
4043 /* Now for each giv for which we still don't know whether or not it is
4044 replaceable, check to see if it is replaceable because its final value
4045 can be calculated. This must be done after loop_iterations is called,
4046 so that final_giv_value will work correctly. */
4047
4048 for (bl = loop_iv_list; bl; bl = bl->next)
4049 {
4050 struct induction *v;
4051
4052 for (v = bl->giv; v; v = v->next_iv)
4053 if (! v->replaceable && ! v->not_replaceable)
4054 check_final_value (v, loop_start, loop_end);
4055 }
4056
4057 /* Try to prove that the loop counter variable (if any) is always
4058 nonnegative; if so, record that fact with a REG_NONNEG note
4059 so that "decrement and branch until zero" insn can be used. */
4060 check_dbra_loop (loop_end, insn_count, loop_start);
4061
4062 /* Create reg_map to hold substitutions for replaceable giv regs. */
4063 reg_map = (rtx *) alloca (max_reg_before_loop * sizeof (rtx));
4064 bzero ((char *) reg_map, max_reg_before_loop * sizeof (rtx));
4065
4066 /* Examine each iv class for feasibility of strength reduction/induction
4067 variable elimination. */
4068
4069 for (bl = loop_iv_list; bl; bl = bl->next)
4070 {
4071 struct induction *v;
4072 int benefit;
4073 int all_reduced;
4074 rtx final_value = 0;
4075
4076 /* Test whether it will be possible to eliminate this biv
4077 provided all givs are reduced. This is possible if either
4078 the reg is not used outside the loop, or we can compute
4079 what its final value will be.
4080
4081 For architectures with a decrement_and_branch_until_zero insn,
4082 don't do this if we put a REG_NONNEG note on the endtest for
4083 this biv. */
4084
4085 /* Compare against bl->init_insn rather than loop_start.
4086 We aren't concerned with any uses of the biv between
4087 init_insn and loop_start since these won't be affected
4088 by the value of the biv elsewhere in the function, so
4089 long as init_insn doesn't use the biv itself.
4090 March 14, 1989 -- self@bayes.arc.nasa.gov */
4091
4092 if ((uid_luid[REGNO_LAST_UID (bl->regno)] < INSN_LUID (loop_end)
4093 && bl->init_insn
4094 && INSN_UID (bl->init_insn) < max_uid_for_loop
4095 && uid_luid[REGNO_FIRST_UID (bl->regno)] >= INSN_LUID (bl->init_insn)
4096 #ifdef HAVE_decrement_and_branch_until_zero
4097 && ! bl->nonneg
4098 #endif
4099 && ! reg_mentioned_p (bl->biv->dest_reg, SET_SRC (bl->init_set)))
4100 || ((final_value = final_biv_value (bl, loop_start, loop_end))
4101 #ifdef HAVE_decrement_and_branch_until_zero
4102 && ! bl->nonneg
4103 #endif
4104 ))
4105 bl->eliminable = maybe_eliminate_biv (bl, loop_start, end, 0,
4106 threshold, insn_count);
4107 else
4108 {
4109 if (loop_dump_stream)
4110 {
4111 fprintf (loop_dump_stream,
4112 "Cannot eliminate biv %d.\n",
4113 bl->regno);
4114 fprintf (loop_dump_stream,
4115 "First use: insn %d, last use: insn %d.\n",
4116 REGNO_FIRST_UID (bl->regno),
4117 REGNO_LAST_UID (bl->regno));
4118 }
4119 }
4120
4121 /* Combine all giv's for this iv_class. */
4122 combine_givs (bl);
4123
4124 /* This will be true at the end, if all givs which depend on this
4125 biv have been strength reduced.
4126 We can't (currently) eliminate the biv unless this is so. */
4127 all_reduced = 1;
4128
4129 /* Check each giv in this class to see if we will benefit by reducing
4130 it. Skip giv's combined with others. */
4131 for (v = bl->giv; v; v = v->next_iv)
4132 {
4133 struct induction *tv;
4134
4135 if (v->ignore || v->same)
4136 continue;
4137
4138 benefit = v->benefit;
4139
4140 /* Reduce benefit if not replaceable, since we will insert
4141 a move-insn to replace the insn that calculates this giv.
4142 Don't do this unless the giv is a user variable, since it
4143 will often be marked non-replaceable because of the duplication
4144 of the exit code outside the loop. In such a case, the copies
4145 we insert are dead and will be deleted. So they don't have
4146 a cost. Similar situations exist. */
4147 /* ??? The new final_[bg]iv_value code does a much better job
4148 of finding replaceable giv's, and hence this code may no longer
4149 be necessary. */
4150 if (! v->replaceable && ! bl->eliminable
4151 && REG_USERVAR_P (v->dest_reg))
4152 benefit -= copy_cost;
4153
4154 /* Decrease the benefit to count the add-insns that we will
4155 insert to increment the reduced reg for the giv. */
4156 benefit -= add_cost * bl->biv_count;
4157
4158 /* Decide whether to strength-reduce this giv or to leave the code
4159 unchanged (recompute it from the biv each time it is used).
4160 This decision can be made independently for each giv. */
4161
4162 #ifdef AUTO_INC_DEC
4163 /* Attempt to guess whether autoincrement will handle some of the
4164 new add insns; if so, increase BENEFIT (undo the subtraction of
4165 add_cost that was done above). */
4166 if (v->giv_type == DEST_ADDR
4167 && GET_CODE (v->mult_val) == CONST_INT)
4168 {
4169 #if defined (HAVE_POST_INCREMENT) || defined (HAVE_PRE_INCREMENT)
4170 if (INTVAL (v->mult_val) == GET_MODE_SIZE (v->mem_mode))
4171 benefit += add_cost * bl->biv_count;
4172 #endif
4173 #if defined (HAVE_POST_DECREMENT) || defined (HAVE_PRE_DECREMENT)
4174 if (-INTVAL (v->mult_val) == GET_MODE_SIZE (v->mem_mode))
4175 benefit += add_cost * bl->biv_count;
4176 #endif
4177 }
4178 #endif
4179
4180 /* If an insn is not to be strength reduced, then set its ignore
4181 flag, and clear all_reduced. */
4182
4183 /* A giv that depends on a reversed biv must be reduced if it is
4184 used after the loop exit, otherwise, it would have the wrong
4185 value after the loop exit. To make it simple, just reduce all
4186 of such giv's whether or not we know they are used after the loop
4187 exit. */
4188
4189 if ( ! flag_reduce_all_givs && v->lifetime * threshold * benefit < insn_count
4190 && ! bl->reversed )
4191 {
4192 if (loop_dump_stream)
4193 fprintf (loop_dump_stream,
4194 "giv of insn %d not worth while, %d vs %d.\n",
4195 INSN_UID (v->insn),
4196 v->lifetime * threshold * benefit, insn_count);
4197 v->ignore = 1;
4198 all_reduced = 0;
4199 }
4200 else
4201 {
4202 /* Check that we can increment the reduced giv without a
4203 multiply insn. If not, reject it. */
4204
4205 for (tv = bl->biv; tv; tv = tv->next_iv)
4206 if (tv->mult_val == const1_rtx
4207 && ! product_cheap_p (tv->add_val, v->mult_val))
4208 {
4209 if (loop_dump_stream)
4210 fprintf (loop_dump_stream,
4211 "giv of insn %d: would need a multiply.\n",
4212 INSN_UID (v->insn));
4213 v->ignore = 1;
4214 all_reduced = 0;
4215 break;
4216 }
4217 }
4218 }
4219
4220 /* Reduce each giv that we decided to reduce. */
4221
4222 for (v = bl->giv; v; v = v->next_iv)
4223 {
4224 struct induction *tv;
4225 if (! v->ignore && v->same == 0)
4226 {
4227 int auto_inc_opt = 0;
4228
4229 v->new_reg = gen_reg_rtx (v->mode);
4230
4231 #ifdef AUTO_INC_DEC
4232 /* If the target has auto-increment addressing modes, and
4233 this is an address giv, then try to put the increment
4234 immediately after its use, so that flow can create an
4235 auto-increment addressing mode. */
4236 if (v->giv_type == DEST_ADDR && bl->biv_count == 1
4237 && bl->biv->always_executed && ! bl->biv->maybe_multiple
4238 /* We don't handle reversed biv's because bl->biv->insn
4239 does not have a valid INSN_LUID. */
4240 && ! bl->reversed
4241 && v->always_executed && ! v->maybe_multiple
4242 && INSN_UID (v->insn) < max_uid_for_loop)
4243 {
4244 /* If other giv's have been combined with this one, then
4245 this will work only if all uses of the other giv's occur
4246 before this giv's insn. This is difficult to check.
4247
4248 We simplify this by looking for the common case where
4249 there is one DEST_REG giv, and this giv's insn is the
4250 last use of the dest_reg of that DEST_REG giv. If the
4251 increment occurs after the address giv, then we can
4252 perform the optimization. (Otherwise, the increment
4253 would have to go before other_giv, and we would not be
4254 able to combine it with the address giv to get an
4255 auto-inc address.) */
4256 if (v->combined_with)
4257 {
4258 struct induction *other_giv = 0;
4259
4260 for (tv = bl->giv; tv; tv = tv->next_iv)
4261 if (tv->same == v)
4262 {
4263 if (other_giv)
4264 break;
4265 else
4266 other_giv = tv;
4267 }
4268 if (! tv && other_giv
4269 && REGNO (other_giv->dest_reg) < max_reg_before_loop
4270 && (REGNO_LAST_UID (REGNO (other_giv->dest_reg))
4271 == INSN_UID (v->insn))
4272 && INSN_LUID (v->insn) < INSN_LUID (bl->biv->insn))
4273 auto_inc_opt = 1;
4274 }
4275 /* Check for case where increment is before the address
4276 giv. Do this test in "loop order". */
4277 else if ((INSN_LUID (v->insn) > INSN_LUID (bl->biv->insn)
4278 && (INSN_LUID (v->insn) < INSN_LUID (scan_start)
4279 || (INSN_LUID (bl->biv->insn)
4280 > INSN_LUID (scan_start))))
4281 || (INSN_LUID (v->insn) < INSN_LUID (scan_start)
4282 && (INSN_LUID (scan_start)
4283 < INSN_LUID (bl->biv->insn))))
4284 auto_inc_opt = -1;
4285 else
4286 auto_inc_opt = 1;
4287
4288 #ifdef HAVE_cc0
4289 {
4290 rtx prev;
4291
4292 /* We can't put an insn immediately after one setting
4293 cc0, or immediately before one using cc0. */
4294 if ((auto_inc_opt == 1 && sets_cc0_p (PATTERN (v->insn)))
4295 || (auto_inc_opt == -1
4296 && (prev = prev_nonnote_insn (v->insn)) != 0
4297 && GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (prev)) == 'i'
4298 && sets_cc0_p (PATTERN (prev))))
4299 auto_inc_opt = 0;
4300 }
4301 #endif
4302
4303 if (auto_inc_opt)
4304 v->auto_inc_opt = 1;
4305 }
4306 #endif
4307
4308 /* For each place where the biv is incremented, add an insn
4309 to increment the new, reduced reg for the giv. */
4310 for (tv = bl->biv; tv; tv = tv->next_iv)
4311 {
4312 rtx insert_before;
4313
4314 if (! auto_inc_opt)
4315 insert_before = tv->insn;
4316 else if (auto_inc_opt == 1)
4317 insert_before = NEXT_INSN (v->insn);
4318 else
4319 insert_before = v->insn;
4320
4321 if (tv->mult_val == const1_rtx)
4322 emit_iv_add_mult (tv->add_val, v->mult_val,
4323 v->new_reg, v->new_reg, insert_before);
4324 else /* tv->mult_val == const0_rtx */
4325 /* A multiply is acceptable here
4326 since this is presumed to be seldom executed. */
4327 emit_iv_add_mult (tv->add_val, v->mult_val,
4328 v->add_val, v->new_reg, insert_before);
4329 }
4330
4331 /* Add code at loop start to initialize giv's reduced reg. */
4332
4333 emit_iv_add_mult (bl->initial_value, v->mult_val,
4334 v->add_val, v->new_reg, loop_start);
4335 }
4336 }
4337
4338 /* Rescan all givs. If a giv is the same as a giv not reduced, mark it
4339 as not reduced.
4340
4341 For each giv register that can be reduced now: if replaceable,
4342 substitute reduced reg wherever the old giv occurs;
4343 else add new move insn "giv_reg = reduced_reg".
4344
4345 Also check for givs whose first use is their definition and whose
4346 last use is the definition of another giv. If so, it is likely
4347 dead and should not be used to eliminate a biv. */
4348 for (v = bl->giv; v; v = v->next_iv)
4349 {
4350 if (v->same && v->same->ignore)
4351 v->ignore = 1;
4352
4353 if (v->ignore)
4354 continue;
4355
4356 if (v->giv_type == DEST_REG
4357 && REGNO_FIRST_UID (REGNO (v->dest_reg)) == INSN_UID (v->insn))
4358 {
4359 struct induction *v1;
4360
4361 for (v1 = bl->giv; v1; v1 = v1->next_iv)
4362 if (REGNO_LAST_UID (REGNO (v->dest_reg)) == INSN_UID (v1->insn))
4363 v->maybe_dead = 1;
4364 }
4365
4366 /* Update expression if this was combined, in case other giv was
4367 replaced. */
4368 if (v->same)
4369 v->new_reg = replace_rtx (v->new_reg,
4370 v->same->dest_reg, v->same->new_reg);
4371
4372 if (v->giv_type == DEST_ADDR)
4373 /* Store reduced reg as the address in the memref where we found
4374 this giv. */
4375 validate_change (v->insn, v->location, v->new_reg, 0);
4376 else if (v->replaceable)
4377 {
4378 reg_map[REGNO (v->dest_reg)] = v->new_reg;
4379
4380 #if 0
4381 /* I can no longer duplicate the original problem. Perhaps
4382 this is unnecessary now? */
4383
4384 /* Replaceable; it isn't strictly necessary to delete the old
4385 insn and emit a new one, because v->dest_reg is now dead.
4386
4387 However, especially when unrolling loops, the special
4388 handling for (set REG0 REG1) in the second cse pass may
4389 make v->dest_reg live again. To avoid this problem, emit
4390 an insn to set the original giv reg from the reduced giv.
4391 We can not delete the original insn, since it may be part
4392 of a LIBCALL, and the code in flow that eliminates dead
4393 libcalls will fail if it is deleted. */
4394 emit_insn_after (gen_move_insn (v->dest_reg, v->new_reg),
4395 v->insn);
4396 #endif
4397 }
4398 else
4399 {
4400 /* Not replaceable; emit an insn to set the original giv reg from
4401 the reduced giv, same as above. */
4402 emit_insn_after (gen_move_insn (v->dest_reg, v->new_reg),
4403 v->insn);
4404 }
4405
4406 /* When a loop is reversed, givs which depend on the reversed
4407 biv, and which are live outside the loop, must be set to their
4408 correct final value. This insn is only needed if the giv is
4409 not replaceable. The correct final value is the same as the
4410 value that the giv starts the reversed loop with. */
4411 if (bl->reversed && ! v->replaceable)
4412 emit_iv_add_mult (bl->initial_value, v->mult_val,
4413 v->add_val, v->dest_reg, end_insert_before);
4414 else if (v->final_value)
4415 {
4416 rtx insert_before;
4417
4418 /* If the loop has multiple exits, emit the insn before the
4419 loop to ensure that it will always be executed no matter
4420 how the loop exits. Otherwise, emit the insn after the loop,
4421 since this is slightly more efficient. */
4422 if (loop_number_exit_count[uid_loop_num[INSN_UID (loop_start)]])
4423 insert_before = loop_start;
4424 else
4425 insert_before = end_insert_before;
4426 emit_insn_before (gen_move_insn (v->dest_reg, v->final_value),
4427 insert_before);
4428
4429 #if 0
4430 /* If the insn to set the final value of the giv was emitted
4431 before the loop, then we must delete the insn inside the loop
4432 that sets it. If this is a LIBCALL, then we must delete
4433 every insn in the libcall. Note, however, that
4434 final_giv_value will only succeed when there are multiple
4435 exits if the giv is dead at each exit, hence it does not
4436 matter that the original insn remains because it is dead
4437 anyways. */
4438 /* Delete the insn inside the loop that sets the giv since
4439 the giv is now set before (or after) the loop. */
4440 delete_insn (v->insn);
4441 #endif
4442 }
4443
4444 if (loop_dump_stream)
4445 {
4446 fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "giv at %d reduced to ",
4447 INSN_UID (v->insn));
4448 print_rtl (loop_dump_stream, v->new_reg);
4449 fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "\n");
4450 }
4451 }
4452
4453 /* All the givs based on the biv bl have been reduced if they
4454 merit it. */
4455
4456 /* For each giv not marked as maybe dead that has been combined with a
4457 second giv, clear any "maybe dead" mark on that second giv.
4458 v->new_reg will either be or refer to the register of the giv it
4459 combined with.
4460
4461 Doing this clearing avoids problems in biv elimination where a
4462 giv's new_reg is a complex value that can't be put in the insn but
4463 the giv combined with (with a reg as new_reg) is marked maybe_dead.
4464 Since the register will be used in either case, we'd prefer it be
4465 used from the simpler giv. */
4466
4467 for (v = bl->giv; v; v = v->next_iv)
4468 if (! v->maybe_dead && v->same)
4469 v->same->maybe_dead = 0;
4470
4471 /* Try to eliminate the biv, if it is a candidate.
4472 This won't work if ! all_reduced,
4473 since the givs we planned to use might not have been reduced.
4474
4475 We have to be careful that we didn't initially think we could eliminate
4476 this biv because of a giv that we now think may be dead and shouldn't
4477 be used as a biv replacement.
4478
4479 Also, there is the possibility that we may have a giv that looks
4480 like it can be used to eliminate a biv, but the resulting insn
4481 isn't valid. This can happen, for example, on the 88k, where a
4482 JUMP_INSN can compare a register only with zero. Attempts to
4483 replace it with a compare with a constant will fail.
4484
4485 Note that in cases where this call fails, we may have replaced some
4486 of the occurrences of the biv with a giv, but no harm was done in
4487 doing so in the rare cases where it can occur. */
4488
4489 if (all_reduced == 1 && bl->eliminable
4490 && maybe_eliminate_biv (bl, loop_start, end, 1,
4491 threshold, insn_count))
4492
4493 {
4494 /* ?? If we created a new test to bypass the loop entirely,
4495 or otherwise drop straight in, based on this test, then
4496 we might want to rewrite it also. This way some later
4497 pass has more hope of removing the initialization of this
4498 biv entirely. */
4499
4500 /* If final_value != 0, then the biv may be used after loop end
4501 and we must emit an insn to set it just in case.
4502
4503 Reversed bivs already have an insn after the loop setting their
4504 value, so we don't need another one. We can't calculate the
4505 proper final value for such a biv here anyways. */
4506 if (final_value != 0 && ! bl->reversed)
4507 {
4508 rtx insert_before;
4509
4510 /* If the loop has multiple exits, emit the insn before the
4511 loop to ensure that it will always be executed no matter
4512 how the loop exits. Otherwise, emit the insn after the
4513 loop, since this is slightly more efficient. */
4514 if (loop_number_exit_count[uid_loop_num[INSN_UID (loop_start)]])
4515 insert_before = loop_start;
4516 else
4517 insert_before = end_insert_before;
4518
4519 emit_insn_before (gen_move_insn (bl->biv->dest_reg, final_value),
4520 end_insert_before);
4521 }
4522
4523 #if 0
4524 /* Delete all of the instructions inside the loop which set
4525 the biv, as they are all dead. If is safe to delete them,
4526 because an insn setting a biv will never be part of a libcall. */
4527 /* However, deleting them will invalidate the regno_last_uid info,
4528 so keeping them around is more convenient. Final_biv_value
4529 will only succeed when there are multiple exits if the biv
4530 is dead at each exit, hence it does not matter that the original
4531 insn remains, because it is dead anyways. */
4532 for (v = bl->biv; v; v = v->next_iv)
4533 delete_insn (v->insn);
4534 #endif
4535
4536 if (loop_dump_stream)
4537 fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "Reg %d: biv eliminated\n",
4538 bl->regno);
4539 }
4540 }
4541
4542 /* Go through all the instructions in the loop, making all the
4543 register substitutions scheduled in REG_MAP. */
4544
4545 for (p = loop_start; p != end; p = NEXT_INSN (p))
4546 if (GET_CODE (p) == INSN || GET_CODE (p) == JUMP_INSN
4547 || GET_CODE (p) == CALL_INSN)
4548 {
4549 replace_regs (PATTERN (p), reg_map, max_reg_before_loop, 0);
4550 replace_regs (REG_NOTES (p), reg_map, max_reg_before_loop, 0);
4551 INSN_CODE (p) = -1;
4552 }
4553
4554 /* Unroll loops from within strength reduction so that we can use the
4555 induction variable information that strength_reduce has already
4556 collected. */
4557
4558 if (unroll_p)
4559 unroll_loop (loop_end, insn_count, loop_start, end_insert_before, 1);
4560
4561 #ifdef HAVE_decrement_and_branch_on_count
4562 /* Instrument the loop with BCT insn. */
4563 if (HAVE_decrement_and_branch_on_count && bct_p
4564 && flag_branch_on_count_reg)
4565 insert_bct (loop_start, loop_end);
4566 #endif /* HAVE_decrement_and_branch_on_count */
4567
4568 if (loop_dump_stream)
4569 fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "\n");
4570 }
4571 \f
4572 /* Return 1 if X is a valid source for an initial value (or as value being
4573 compared against in an initial test).
4574
4575 X must be either a register or constant and must not be clobbered between
4576 the current insn and the start of the loop.
4577
4578 INSN is the insn containing X. */
4579
4580 static int
4581 valid_initial_value_p (x, insn, call_seen, loop_start)
4582 rtx x;
4583 rtx insn;
4584 int call_seen;
4585 rtx loop_start;
4586 {
4587 if (CONSTANT_P (x))
4588 return 1;
4589
4590 /* Only consider pseudos we know about initialized in insns whose luids
4591 we know. */
4592 if (GET_CODE (x) != REG
4593 || REGNO (x) >= max_reg_before_loop)
4594 return 0;
4595
4596 /* Don't use call-clobbered registers across a call which clobbers it. On
4597 some machines, don't use any hard registers at all. */
4598 if (REGNO (x) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
4599 && (SMALL_REGISTER_CLASSES
4600 || (call_used_regs[REGNO (x)] && call_seen)))
4601 return 0;
4602
4603 /* Don't use registers that have been clobbered before the start of the
4604 loop. */
4605 if (reg_set_between_p (x, insn, loop_start))
4606 return 0;
4607
4608 return 1;
4609 }
4610 \f
4611 /* Scan X for memory refs and check each memory address
4612 as a possible giv. INSN is the insn whose pattern X comes from.
4613 NOT_EVERY_ITERATION is 1 if the insn might not be executed during
4614 every loop iteration. */
4615
4616 static void
4617 find_mem_givs (x, insn, not_every_iteration, loop_start, loop_end)
4618 rtx x;
4619 rtx insn;
4620 int not_every_iteration;
4621 rtx loop_start, loop_end;
4622 {
4623 register int i, j;
4624 register enum rtx_code code;
4625 register char *fmt;
4626
4627 if (x == 0)
4628 return;
4629
4630 code = GET_CODE (x);
4631 switch (code)
4632 {
4633 case REG:
4634 case CONST_INT:
4635 case CONST:
4636 case CONST_DOUBLE:
4637 case SYMBOL_REF:
4638 case LABEL_REF:
4639 case PC:
4640 case CC0:
4641 case ADDR_VEC:
4642 case ADDR_DIFF_VEC:
4643 case USE:
4644 case CLOBBER:
4645 return;
4646
4647 case MEM:
4648 {
4649 rtx src_reg;
4650 rtx add_val;
4651 rtx mult_val;
4652 int benefit;
4653
4654 /* This code used to disable creating GIVs with mult_val == 1 and
4655 add_val == 0. However, this leads to lost optimizations when
4656 it comes time to combine a set of related DEST_ADDR GIVs, since
4657 this one would not be seen. */
4658
4659 if (general_induction_var (XEXP (x, 0), &src_reg, &add_val,
4660 &mult_val, 1, &benefit))
4661 {
4662 /* Found one; record it. */
4663 struct induction *v
4664 = (struct induction *) oballoc (sizeof (struct induction));
4665
4666 record_giv (v, insn, src_reg, addr_placeholder, mult_val,
4667 add_val, benefit, DEST_ADDR, not_every_iteration,
4668 &XEXP (x, 0), loop_start, loop_end);
4669
4670 v->mem_mode = GET_MODE (x);
4671 }
4672 }
4673 return;
4674
4675 default:
4676 break;
4677 }
4678
4679 /* Recursively scan the subexpressions for other mem refs. */
4680
4681 fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code);
4682 for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
4683 if (fmt[i] == 'e')
4684 find_mem_givs (XEXP (x, i), insn, not_every_iteration, loop_start,
4685 loop_end);
4686 else if (fmt[i] == 'E')
4687 for (j = 0; j < XVECLEN (x, i); j++)
4688 find_mem_givs (XVECEXP (x, i, j), insn, not_every_iteration,
4689 loop_start, loop_end);
4690 }
4691 \f
4692 /* Fill in the data about one biv update.
4693 V is the `struct induction' in which we record the biv. (It is
4694 allocated by the caller, with alloca.)
4695 INSN is the insn that sets it.
4696 DEST_REG is the biv's reg.
4697
4698 MULT_VAL is const1_rtx if the biv is being incremented here, in which case
4699 INC_VAL is the increment. Otherwise, MULT_VAL is const0_rtx and the biv is
4700 being set to INC_VAL.
4701
4702 NOT_EVERY_ITERATION is nonzero if this biv update is not know to be
4703 executed every iteration; MAYBE_MULTIPLE is nonzero if this biv update
4704 can be executed more than once per iteration. If MAYBE_MULTIPLE
4705 and NOT_EVERY_ITERATION are both zero, we know that the biv update is
4706 executed exactly once per iteration. */
4707
4708 static void
4709 record_biv (v, insn, dest_reg, inc_val, mult_val,
4710 not_every_iteration, maybe_multiple)
4711 struct induction *v;
4712 rtx insn;
4713 rtx dest_reg;
4714 rtx inc_val;
4715 rtx mult_val;
4716 int not_every_iteration;
4717 int maybe_multiple;
4718 {
4719 struct iv_class *bl;
4720
4721 v->insn = insn;
4722 v->src_reg = dest_reg;
4723 v->dest_reg = dest_reg;
4724 v->mult_val = mult_val;
4725 v->add_val = inc_val;
4726 v->mode = GET_MODE (dest_reg);
4727 v->always_computable = ! not_every_iteration;
4728 v->always_executed = ! not_every_iteration;
4729 v->maybe_multiple = maybe_multiple;
4730
4731 /* Add this to the reg's iv_class, creating a class
4732 if this is the first incrementation of the reg. */
4733
4734 bl = reg_biv_class[REGNO (dest_reg)];
4735 if (bl == 0)
4736 {
4737 /* Create and initialize new iv_class. */
4738
4739 bl = (struct iv_class *) oballoc (sizeof (struct iv_class));
4740
4741 bl->regno = REGNO (dest_reg);
4742 bl->biv = 0;
4743 bl->giv = 0;
4744 bl->biv_count = 0;
4745 bl->giv_count = 0;
4746
4747 /* Set initial value to the reg itself. */
4748 bl->initial_value = dest_reg;
4749 /* We haven't seen the initializing insn yet */
4750 bl->init_insn = 0;
4751 bl->init_set = 0;
4752 bl->initial_test = 0;
4753 bl->incremented = 0;
4754 bl->eliminable = 0;
4755 bl->nonneg = 0;
4756 bl->reversed = 0;
4757 bl->total_benefit = 0;
4758
4759 /* Add this class to loop_iv_list. */
4760 bl->next = loop_iv_list;
4761 loop_iv_list = bl;
4762
4763 /* Put it in the array of biv register classes. */
4764 reg_biv_class[REGNO (dest_reg)] = bl;
4765 }
4766
4767 /* Update IV_CLASS entry for this biv. */
4768 v->next_iv = bl->biv;
4769 bl->biv = v;
4770 bl->biv_count++;
4771 if (mult_val == const1_rtx)
4772 bl->incremented = 1;
4773
4774 if (loop_dump_stream)
4775 {
4776 fprintf (loop_dump_stream,
4777 "Insn %d: possible biv, reg %d,",
4778 INSN_UID (insn), REGNO (dest_reg));
4779 if (GET_CODE (inc_val) == CONST_INT)
4780 {
4781 fprintf (loop_dump_stream, " const =");
4782 fprintf (loop_dump_stream, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC, INTVAL (inc_val));
4783 fputc ('\n', loop_dump_stream);
4784 }
4785 else
4786 {
4787 fprintf (loop_dump_stream, " const = ");
4788 print_rtl (loop_dump_stream, inc_val);
4789 fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "\n");
4790 }
4791 }
4792 }
4793 \f
4794 /* Fill in the data about one giv.
4795 V is the `struct induction' in which we record the giv. (It is
4796 allocated by the caller, with alloca.)
4797 INSN is the insn that sets it.
4798 BENEFIT estimates the savings from deleting this insn.
4799 TYPE is DEST_REG or DEST_ADDR; it says whether the giv is computed
4800 into a register or is used as a memory address.
4801
4802 SRC_REG is the biv reg which the giv is computed from.
4803 DEST_REG is the giv's reg (if the giv is stored in a reg).
4804 MULT_VAL and ADD_VAL are the coefficients used to compute the giv.
4805 LOCATION points to the place where this giv's value appears in INSN. */
4806
4807 static void
4808 record_giv (v, insn, src_reg, dest_reg, mult_val, add_val, benefit,
4809 type, not_every_iteration, location, loop_start, loop_end)
4810 struct induction *v;
4811 rtx insn;
4812 rtx src_reg;
4813 rtx dest_reg;
4814 rtx mult_val, add_val;
4815 int benefit;
4816 enum g_types type;
4817 int not_every_iteration;
4818 rtx *location;
4819 rtx loop_start, loop_end;
4820 {
4821 struct induction *b;
4822 struct iv_class *bl;
4823 rtx set = single_set (insn);
4824
4825 v->insn = insn;
4826 v->src_reg = src_reg;
4827 v->giv_type = type;
4828 v->dest_reg = dest_reg;
4829 v->mult_val = mult_val;
4830 v->add_val = add_val;
4831 v->benefit = benefit;
4832 v->location = location;
4833 v->cant_derive = 0;
4834 v->combined_with = 0;
4835 v->maybe_multiple = 0;
4836 v->maybe_dead = 0;
4837 v->derive_adjustment = 0;
4838 v->same = 0;
4839 v->ignore = 0;
4840 v->new_reg = 0;
4841 v->final_value = 0;
4842 v->same_insn = 0;
4843 v->auto_inc_opt = 0;
4844 v->unrolled = 0;
4845 v->shared = 0;
4846
4847 /* The v->always_computable field is used in update_giv_derive, to
4848 determine whether a giv can be used to derive another giv. For a
4849 DEST_REG giv, INSN computes a new value for the giv, so its value
4850 isn't computable if INSN insn't executed every iteration.
4851 However, for a DEST_ADDR giv, INSN merely uses the value of the giv;
4852 it does not compute a new value. Hence the value is always computable
4853 regardless of whether INSN is executed each iteration. */
4854
4855 if (type == DEST_ADDR)
4856 v->always_computable = 1;
4857 else
4858 v->always_computable = ! not_every_iteration;
4859
4860 v->always_executed = ! not_every_iteration;
4861
4862 if (type == DEST_ADDR)
4863 {
4864 v->mode = GET_MODE (*location);
4865 v->lifetime = 1;
4866 v->times_used = 1;
4867 }
4868 else /* type == DEST_REG */
4869 {
4870 v->mode = GET_MODE (SET_DEST (set));
4871
4872 v->lifetime = (uid_luid[REGNO_LAST_UID (REGNO (dest_reg))]
4873 - uid_luid[REGNO_FIRST_UID (REGNO (dest_reg))]);
4874
4875 v->times_used = VARRAY_INT (n_times_used, REGNO (dest_reg));
4876
4877 /* If the lifetime is zero, it means that this register is
4878 really a dead store. So mark this as a giv that can be
4879 ignored. This will not prevent the biv from being eliminated. */
4880 if (v->lifetime == 0)
4881 v->ignore = 1;
4882
4883 reg_iv_type[REGNO (dest_reg)] = GENERAL_INDUCT;
4884 reg_iv_info[REGNO (dest_reg)] = v;
4885 }
4886
4887 /* Add the giv to the class of givs computed from one biv. */
4888
4889 bl = reg_biv_class[REGNO (src_reg)];
4890 if (bl)
4891 {
4892 v->next_iv = bl->giv;
4893 bl->giv = v;
4894 /* Don't count DEST_ADDR. This is supposed to count the number of
4895 insns that calculate givs. */
4896 if (type == DEST_REG)
4897 bl->giv_count++;
4898 bl->total_benefit += benefit;
4899 }
4900 else
4901 /* Fatal error, biv missing for this giv? */
4902 abort ();
4903
4904 if (type == DEST_ADDR)
4905 v->replaceable = 1;
4906 else
4907 {
4908 /* The giv can be replaced outright by the reduced register only if all
4909 of the following conditions are true:
4910 - the insn that sets the giv is always executed on any iteration
4911 on which the giv is used at all
4912 (there are two ways to deduce this:
4913 either the insn is executed on every iteration,
4914 or all uses follow that insn in the same basic block),
4915 - the giv is not used outside the loop
4916 - no assignments to the biv occur during the giv's lifetime. */
4917
4918 if (REGNO_FIRST_UID (REGNO (dest_reg)) == INSN_UID (insn)
4919 /* Previous line always fails if INSN was moved by loop opt. */
4920 && uid_luid[REGNO_LAST_UID (REGNO (dest_reg))] < INSN_LUID (loop_end)
4921 && (! not_every_iteration
4922 || last_use_this_basic_block (dest_reg, insn)))
4923 {
4924 /* Now check that there are no assignments to the biv within the
4925 giv's lifetime. This requires two separate checks. */
4926
4927 /* Check each biv update, and fail if any are between the first
4928 and last use of the giv.
4929
4930 If this loop contains an inner loop that was unrolled, then
4931 the insn modifying the biv may have been emitted by the loop
4932 unrolling code, and hence does not have a valid luid. Just
4933 mark the biv as not replaceable in this case. It is not very
4934 useful as a biv, because it is used in two different loops.
4935 It is very unlikely that we would be able to optimize the giv
4936 using this biv anyways. */
4937
4938 v->replaceable = 1;
4939 for (b = bl->biv; b; b = b->next_iv)
4940 {
4941 if (INSN_UID (b->insn) >= max_uid_for_loop
4942 || ((uid_luid[INSN_UID (b->insn)]
4943 >= uid_luid[REGNO_FIRST_UID (REGNO (dest_reg))])
4944 && (uid_luid[INSN_UID (b->insn)]
4945 <= uid_luid[REGNO_LAST_UID (REGNO (dest_reg))])))
4946 {
4947 v->replaceable = 0;
4948 v->not_replaceable = 1;
4949 break;
4950 }
4951 }
4952
4953 /* If there are any backwards branches that go from after the
4954 biv update to before it, then this giv is not replaceable. */
4955 if (v->replaceable)
4956 for (b = bl->biv; b; b = b->next_iv)
4957 if (back_branch_in_range_p (b->insn, loop_start, loop_end))
4958 {
4959 v->replaceable = 0;
4960 v->not_replaceable = 1;
4961 break;
4962 }
4963 }
4964 else
4965 {
4966 /* May still be replaceable, we don't have enough info here to
4967 decide. */
4968 v->replaceable = 0;
4969 v->not_replaceable = 0;
4970 }
4971 }
4972
4973 /* Record whether the add_val contains a const_int, for later use by
4974 combine_givs. */
4975 {
4976 rtx tem = add_val;
4977
4978 v->no_const_addval = 1;
4979 if (tem == const0_rtx)
4980 ;
4981 else if (GET_CODE (tem) == CONST_INT)
4982 v->no_const_addval = 0;
4983 else if (GET_CODE (tem) == PLUS)
4984 {
4985 while (1)
4986 {
4987 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (tem, 0)) == PLUS)
4988 tem = XEXP (tem, 0);
4989 else if (GET_CODE (XEXP (tem, 1)) == PLUS)
4990 tem = XEXP (tem, 1);
4991 else
4992 break;
4993 }
4994 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (tem, 1)) == CONST_INT)
4995 v->no_const_addval = 0;
4996 }
4997 }
4998
4999 if (loop_dump_stream)
5000 {
5001 if (type == DEST_REG)
5002 fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "Insn %d: giv reg %d",
5003 INSN_UID (insn), REGNO (dest_reg));
5004 else
5005 fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "Insn %d: dest address",
5006 INSN_UID (insn));
5007
5008 fprintf (loop_dump_stream, " src reg %d benefit %d",
5009 REGNO (src_reg), v->benefit);
5010 fprintf (loop_dump_stream, " used %d lifetime %d",
5011 v->times_used, v->lifetime);
5012
5013 if (v->replaceable)
5014 fprintf (loop_dump_stream, " replaceable");
5015
5016 if (v->no_const_addval)
5017 fprintf (loop_dump_stream, " ncav");
5018
5019 if (GET_CODE (mult_val) == CONST_INT)
5020 {
5021 fprintf (loop_dump_stream, " mult ");
5022 fprintf (loop_dump_stream, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC, INTVAL (mult_val));
5023 }
5024 else
5025 {
5026 fprintf (loop_dump_stream, " mult ");
5027 print_rtl (loop_dump_stream, mult_val);
5028 }
5029
5030 if (GET_CODE (add_val) == CONST_INT)
5031 {
5032 fprintf (loop_dump_stream, " add ");
5033 fprintf (loop_dump_stream, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC, INTVAL (add_val));
5034 }
5035 else
5036 {
5037 fprintf (loop_dump_stream, " add ");
5038 print_rtl (loop_dump_stream, add_val);
5039 }
5040 }
5041
5042 if (loop_dump_stream)
5043 fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "\n");
5044
5045 }
5046
5047
5048 /* All this does is determine whether a giv can be made replaceable because
5049 its final value can be calculated. This code can not be part of record_giv
5050 above, because final_giv_value requires that the number of loop iterations
5051 be known, and that can not be accurately calculated until after all givs
5052 have been identified. */
5053
5054 static void
5055 check_final_value (v, loop_start, loop_end)
5056 struct induction *v;
5057 rtx loop_start, loop_end;
5058 {
5059 struct iv_class *bl;
5060 rtx final_value = 0;
5061
5062 bl = reg_biv_class[REGNO (v->src_reg)];
5063
5064 /* DEST_ADDR givs will never reach here, because they are always marked
5065 replaceable above in record_giv. */
5066
5067 /* The giv can be replaced outright by the reduced register only if all
5068 of the following conditions are true:
5069 - the insn that sets the giv is always executed on any iteration
5070 on which the giv is used at all
5071 (there are two ways to deduce this:
5072 either the insn is executed on every iteration,
5073 or all uses follow that insn in the same basic block),
5074 - its final value can be calculated (this condition is different
5075 than the one above in record_giv)
5076 - no assignments to the biv occur during the giv's lifetime. */
5077
5078 #if 0
5079 /* This is only called now when replaceable is known to be false. */
5080 /* Clear replaceable, so that it won't confuse final_giv_value. */
5081 v->replaceable = 0;
5082 #endif
5083
5084 if ((final_value = final_giv_value (v, loop_start, loop_end))
5085 && (v->always_computable || last_use_this_basic_block (v->dest_reg, v->insn)))
5086 {
5087 int biv_increment_seen = 0;
5088 rtx p = v->insn;
5089 rtx last_giv_use;
5090
5091 v->replaceable = 1;
5092
5093 /* When trying to determine whether or not a biv increment occurs
5094 during the lifetime of the giv, we can ignore uses of the variable
5095 outside the loop because final_value is true. Hence we can not
5096 use regno_last_uid and regno_first_uid as above in record_giv. */
5097
5098 /* Search the loop to determine whether any assignments to the
5099 biv occur during the giv's lifetime. Start with the insn
5100 that sets the giv, and search around the loop until we come
5101 back to that insn again.
5102
5103 Also fail if there is a jump within the giv's lifetime that jumps
5104 to somewhere outside the lifetime but still within the loop. This
5105 catches spaghetti code where the execution order is not linear, and
5106 hence the above test fails. Here we assume that the giv lifetime
5107 does not extend from one iteration of the loop to the next, so as
5108 to make the test easier. Since the lifetime isn't known yet,
5109 this requires two loops. See also record_giv above. */
5110
5111 last_giv_use = v->insn;
5112
5113 while (1)
5114 {
5115 p = NEXT_INSN (p);
5116 if (p == loop_end)
5117 p = NEXT_INSN (loop_start);
5118 if (p == v->insn)
5119 break;
5120
5121 if (GET_CODE (p) == INSN || GET_CODE (p) == JUMP_INSN
5122 || GET_CODE (p) == CALL_INSN)
5123 {
5124 if (biv_increment_seen)
5125 {
5126 if (reg_mentioned_p (v->dest_reg, PATTERN (p)))
5127 {
5128 v->replaceable = 0;
5129 v->not_replaceable = 1;
5130 break;
5131 }
5132 }
5133 else if (reg_set_p (v->src_reg, PATTERN (p)))
5134 biv_increment_seen = 1;
5135 else if (reg_mentioned_p (v->dest_reg, PATTERN (p)))
5136 last_giv_use = p;
5137 }
5138 }
5139
5140 /* Now that the lifetime of the giv is known, check for branches
5141 from within the lifetime to outside the lifetime if it is still
5142 replaceable. */
5143
5144 if (v->replaceable)
5145 {
5146 p = v->insn;
5147 while (1)
5148 {
5149 p = NEXT_INSN (p);
5150 if (p == loop_end)
5151 p = NEXT_INSN (loop_start);
5152 if (p == last_giv_use)
5153 break;
5154
5155 if (GET_CODE (p) == JUMP_INSN && JUMP_LABEL (p)
5156 && LABEL_NAME (JUMP_LABEL (p))
5157 && ((INSN_UID (JUMP_LABEL (p)) >= max_uid_for_loop)
5158 || (INSN_UID (v->insn) >= max_uid_for_loop)
5159 || (INSN_UID (last_giv_use) >= max_uid_for_loop)
5160 || (INSN_LUID (JUMP_LABEL (p)) < INSN_LUID (v->insn)
5161 && INSN_LUID (JUMP_LABEL (p)) > INSN_LUID (loop_start))
5162 || (INSN_LUID (JUMP_LABEL (p)) > INSN_LUID (last_giv_use)
5163 && INSN_LUID (JUMP_LABEL (p)) < INSN_LUID (loop_end))))
5164 {
5165 v->replaceable = 0;
5166 v->not_replaceable = 1;
5167
5168 if (loop_dump_stream)
5169 fprintf (loop_dump_stream,
5170 "Found branch outside giv lifetime.\n");
5171
5172 break;
5173 }
5174 }
5175 }
5176
5177 /* If it is replaceable, then save the final value. */
5178 if (v->replaceable)
5179 v->final_value = final_value;
5180 }
5181
5182 if (loop_dump_stream && v->replaceable)
5183 fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "Insn %d: giv reg %d final_value replaceable\n",
5184 INSN_UID (v->insn), REGNO (v->dest_reg));
5185 }
5186 \f
5187 /* Update the status of whether a giv can derive other givs.
5188
5189 We need to do something special if there is or may be an update to the biv
5190 between the time the giv is defined and the time it is used to derive
5191 another giv.
5192
5193 In addition, a giv that is only conditionally set is not allowed to
5194 derive another giv once a label has been passed.
5195
5196 The cases we look at are when a label or an update to a biv is passed. */
5197
5198 static void
5199 update_giv_derive (p)
5200 rtx p;
5201 {
5202 struct iv_class *bl;
5203 struct induction *biv, *giv;
5204 rtx tem;
5205 int dummy;
5206
5207 /* Search all IV classes, then all bivs, and finally all givs.
5208
5209 There are three cases we are concerned with. First we have the situation
5210 of a giv that is only updated conditionally. In that case, it may not
5211 derive any givs after a label is passed.
5212
5213 The second case is when a biv update occurs, or may occur, after the
5214 definition of a giv. For certain biv updates (see below) that are
5215 known to occur between the giv definition and use, we can adjust the
5216 giv definition. For others, or when the biv update is conditional,
5217 we must prevent the giv from deriving any other givs. There are two
5218 sub-cases within this case.
5219
5220 If this is a label, we are concerned with any biv update that is done
5221 conditionally, since it may be done after the giv is defined followed by
5222 a branch here (actually, we need to pass both a jump and a label, but
5223 this extra tracking doesn't seem worth it).
5224
5225 If this is a jump, we are concerned about any biv update that may be
5226 executed multiple times. We are actually only concerned about
5227 backward jumps, but it is probably not worth performing the test
5228 on the jump again here.
5229
5230 If this is a biv update, we must adjust the giv status to show that a
5231 subsequent biv update was performed. If this adjustment cannot be done,
5232 the giv cannot derive further givs. */
5233
5234 for (bl = loop_iv_list; bl; bl = bl->next)
5235 for (biv = bl->biv; biv; biv = biv->next_iv)
5236 if (GET_CODE (p) == CODE_LABEL || GET_CODE (p) == JUMP_INSN
5237 || biv->insn == p)
5238 {
5239 for (giv = bl->giv; giv; giv = giv->next_iv)
5240 {
5241 /* If cant_derive is already true, there is no point in
5242 checking all of these conditions again. */
5243 if (giv->cant_derive)
5244 continue;
5245
5246 /* If this giv is conditionally set and we have passed a label,
5247 it cannot derive anything. */
5248 if (GET_CODE (p) == CODE_LABEL && ! giv->always_computable)
5249 giv->cant_derive = 1;
5250
5251 /* Skip givs that have mult_val == 0, since
5252 they are really invariants. Also skip those that are
5253 replaceable, since we know their lifetime doesn't contain
5254 any biv update. */
5255 else if (giv->mult_val == const0_rtx || giv->replaceable)
5256 continue;
5257
5258 /* The only way we can allow this giv to derive another
5259 is if this is a biv increment and we can form the product
5260 of biv->add_val and giv->mult_val. In this case, we will
5261 be able to compute a compensation. */
5262 else if (biv->insn == p)
5263 {
5264 tem = 0;
5265
5266 if (biv->mult_val == const1_rtx)
5267 tem = simplify_giv_expr (gen_rtx_MULT (giv->mode,
5268 biv->add_val,
5269 giv->mult_val),
5270 &dummy);
5271
5272 if (tem && giv->derive_adjustment)
5273 tem = simplify_giv_expr (gen_rtx_PLUS (giv->mode, tem,
5274 giv->derive_adjustment),
5275 &dummy);
5276 if (tem)
5277 giv->derive_adjustment = tem;
5278 else
5279 giv->cant_derive = 1;
5280 }
5281 else if ((GET_CODE (p) == CODE_LABEL && ! biv->always_computable)
5282 || (GET_CODE (p) == JUMP_INSN && biv->maybe_multiple))
5283 giv->cant_derive = 1;
5284 }
5285 }
5286 }
5287 \f
5288 /* Check whether an insn is an increment legitimate for a basic induction var.
5289 X is the source of insn P, or a part of it.
5290 MODE is the mode in which X should be interpreted.
5291
5292 DEST_REG is the putative biv, also the destination of the insn.
5293 We accept patterns of these forms:
5294 REG = REG + INVARIANT (includes REG = REG - CONSTANT)
5295 REG = INVARIANT + REG
5296
5297 If X is suitable, we return 1, set *MULT_VAL to CONST1_RTX,
5298 and store the additive term into *INC_VAL.
5299
5300 If X is an assignment of an invariant into DEST_REG, we set
5301 *MULT_VAL to CONST0_RTX, and store the invariant into *INC_VAL.
5302
5303 We also want to detect a BIV when it corresponds to a variable
5304 whose mode was promoted via PROMOTED_MODE. In that case, an increment
5305 of the variable may be a PLUS that adds a SUBREG of that variable to
5306 an invariant and then sign- or zero-extends the result of the PLUS
5307 into the variable.
5308
5309 Most GIVs in such cases will be in the promoted mode, since that is the
5310 probably the natural computation mode (and almost certainly the mode
5311 used for addresses) on the machine. So we view the pseudo-reg containing
5312 the variable as the BIV, as if it were simply incremented.
5313
5314 Note that treating the entire pseudo as a BIV will result in making
5315 simple increments to any GIVs based on it. However, if the variable
5316 overflows in its declared mode but not its promoted mode, the result will
5317 be incorrect. This is acceptable if the variable is signed, since
5318 overflows in such cases are undefined, but not if it is unsigned, since
5319 those overflows are defined. So we only check for SIGN_EXTEND and
5320 not ZERO_EXTEND.
5321
5322 If we cannot find a biv, we return 0. */
5323
5324 static int
5325 basic_induction_var (x, mode, dest_reg, p, inc_val, mult_val)
5326 register rtx x;
5327 enum machine_mode mode;
5328 rtx p;
5329 rtx dest_reg;
5330 rtx *inc_val;
5331 rtx *mult_val;
5332 {
5333 register enum rtx_code code;
5334 rtx arg;
5335 rtx insn, set = 0;
5336
5337 code = GET_CODE (x);
5338 switch (code)
5339 {
5340 case PLUS:
5341 if (rtx_equal_p (XEXP (x, 0), dest_reg)
5342 || (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == SUBREG
5343 && SUBREG_PROMOTED_VAR_P (XEXP (x, 0))
5344 && SUBREG_REG (XEXP (x, 0)) == dest_reg))
5345 arg = XEXP (x, 1);
5346 else if (rtx_equal_p (XEXP (x, 1), dest_reg)
5347 || (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == SUBREG
5348 && SUBREG_PROMOTED_VAR_P (XEXP (x, 1))
5349 && SUBREG_REG (XEXP (x, 1)) == dest_reg))
5350 arg = XEXP (x, 0);
5351 else
5352 return 0;
5353
5354 if (invariant_p (arg) != 1)
5355 return 0;
5356
5357 *inc_val = convert_modes (GET_MODE (dest_reg), GET_MODE (x), arg, 0);
5358 *mult_val = const1_rtx;
5359 return 1;
5360
5361 case SUBREG:
5362 /* If this is a SUBREG for a promoted variable, check the inner
5363 value. */
5364 if (SUBREG_PROMOTED_VAR_P (x))
5365 return basic_induction_var (SUBREG_REG (x), GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (x)),
5366 dest_reg, p, inc_val, mult_val);
5367 return 0;
5368
5369 case REG:
5370 /* If this register is assigned in a previous insn, look at its
5371 source, but don't go outside the loop or past a label. */
5372
5373 insn = p;
5374 while (1)
5375 {
5376 do {
5377 insn = PREV_INSN (insn);
5378 } while (insn && GET_CODE (insn) == NOTE
5379 && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn) != NOTE_INSN_LOOP_BEG);
5380
5381 if (!insn)
5382 break;
5383 set = single_set (insn);
5384 if (set == 0)
5385 break;
5386
5387 if ((SET_DEST (set) == x
5388 || (GET_CODE (SET_DEST (set)) == SUBREG
5389 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SET_DEST (set)))
5390 <= UNITS_PER_WORD)
5391 && SUBREG_REG (SET_DEST (set)) == x))
5392 && basic_induction_var (SET_SRC (set),
5393 (GET_MODE (SET_SRC (set)) == VOIDmode
5394 ? GET_MODE (x)
5395 : GET_MODE (SET_SRC (set))),
5396 dest_reg, insn,
5397 inc_val, mult_val))
5398 return 1;
5399 }
5400 /* ... fall through ... */
5401
5402 /* Can accept constant setting of biv only when inside inner most loop.
5403 Otherwise, a biv of an inner loop may be incorrectly recognized
5404 as a biv of the outer loop,
5405 causing code to be moved INTO the inner loop. */
5406 case MEM:
5407 if (invariant_p (x) != 1)
5408 return 0;
5409 case CONST_INT:
5410 case SYMBOL_REF:
5411 case CONST:
5412 /* convert_modes aborts if we try to convert to or from CCmode, so just
5413 exclude that case. It is very unlikely that a condition code value
5414 would be a useful iterator anyways. */
5415 if (loops_enclosed == 1
5416 && GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_CC
5417 && GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (dest_reg)) != MODE_CC)
5418 {
5419 /* Possible bug here? Perhaps we don't know the mode of X. */
5420 *inc_val = convert_modes (GET_MODE (dest_reg), mode, x, 0);
5421 *mult_val = const0_rtx;
5422 return 1;
5423 }
5424 else
5425 return 0;
5426
5427 case SIGN_EXTEND:
5428 return basic_induction_var (XEXP (x, 0), GET_MODE (XEXP (x, 0)),
5429 dest_reg, p, inc_val, mult_val);
5430
5431 case ASHIFTRT:
5432 /* Similar, since this can be a sign extension. */
5433 for (insn = PREV_INSN (p);
5434 (insn && GET_CODE (insn) == NOTE
5435 && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn) != NOTE_INSN_LOOP_BEG);
5436 insn = PREV_INSN (insn))
5437 ;
5438
5439 if (insn)
5440 set = single_set (insn);
5441
5442 if (set && SET_DEST (set) == XEXP (x, 0)
5443 && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == CONST_INT
5444 && INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1)) >= 0
5445 && GET_CODE (SET_SRC (set)) == ASHIFT
5446 && XEXP (x, 1) == XEXP (SET_SRC (set), 1))
5447 return basic_induction_var (XEXP (SET_SRC (set), 0),
5448 GET_MODE (XEXP (x, 0)),
5449 dest_reg, insn, inc_val, mult_val);
5450 return 0;
5451
5452 default:
5453 return 0;
5454 }
5455 }
5456 \f
5457 /* A general induction variable (giv) is any quantity that is a linear
5458 function of a basic induction variable,
5459 i.e. giv = biv * mult_val + add_val.
5460 The coefficients can be any loop invariant quantity.
5461 A giv need not be computed directly from the biv;
5462 it can be computed by way of other givs. */
5463
5464 /* Determine whether X computes a giv.
5465 If it does, return a nonzero value
5466 which is the benefit from eliminating the computation of X;
5467 set *SRC_REG to the register of the biv that it is computed from;
5468 set *ADD_VAL and *MULT_VAL to the coefficients,
5469 such that the value of X is biv * mult + add; */
5470
5471 static int
5472 general_induction_var (x, src_reg, add_val, mult_val, is_addr, pbenefit)
5473 rtx x;
5474 rtx *src_reg;
5475 rtx *add_val;
5476 rtx *mult_val;
5477 int is_addr;
5478 int *pbenefit;
5479 {
5480 rtx orig_x = x;
5481 char *storage;
5482
5483 /* If this is an invariant, forget it, it isn't a giv. */
5484 if (invariant_p (x) == 1)
5485 return 0;
5486
5487 /* See if the expression could be a giv and get its form.
5488 Mark our place on the obstack in case we don't find a giv. */
5489 storage = (char *) oballoc (0);
5490 *pbenefit = 0;
5491 x = simplify_giv_expr (x, pbenefit);
5492 if (x == 0)
5493 {
5494 obfree (storage);
5495 return 0;
5496 }
5497
5498 switch (GET_CODE (x))
5499 {
5500 case USE:
5501 case CONST_INT:
5502 /* Since this is now an invariant and wasn't before, it must be a giv
5503 with MULT_VAL == 0. It doesn't matter which BIV we associate this
5504 with. */
5505 *src_reg = loop_iv_list->biv->dest_reg;
5506 *mult_val = const0_rtx;
5507 *add_val = x;
5508 break;
5509
5510 case REG:
5511 /* This is equivalent to a BIV. */
5512 *src_reg = x;
5513 *mult_val = const1_rtx;
5514 *add_val = const0_rtx;
5515 break;
5516
5517 case PLUS:
5518 /* Either (plus (biv) (invar)) or
5519 (plus (mult (biv) (invar_1)) (invar_2)). */
5520 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == MULT)
5521 {
5522 *src_reg = XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0);
5523 *mult_val = XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 1);
5524 }
5525 else
5526 {
5527 *src_reg = XEXP (x, 0);
5528 *mult_val = const1_rtx;
5529 }
5530 *add_val = XEXP (x, 1);
5531 break;
5532
5533 case MULT:
5534 /* ADD_VAL is zero. */
5535 *src_reg = XEXP (x, 0);
5536 *mult_val = XEXP (x, 1);
5537 *add_val = const0_rtx;
5538 break;
5539
5540 default:
5541 abort ();
5542 }
5543
5544 /* Remove any enclosing USE from ADD_VAL and MULT_VAL (there will be
5545 unless they are CONST_INT). */
5546 if (GET_CODE (*add_val) == USE)
5547 *add_val = XEXP (*add_val, 0);
5548 if (GET_CODE (*mult_val) == USE)
5549 *mult_val = XEXP (*mult_val, 0);
5550
5551 if (is_addr)
5552 {
5553 #ifdef ADDRESS_COST
5554 *pbenefit += ADDRESS_COST (orig_x) - reg_address_cost;
5555 #else
5556 *pbenefit += rtx_cost (orig_x, MEM) - reg_address_cost;
5557 #endif
5558 }
5559 else
5560 *pbenefit += rtx_cost (orig_x, SET);
5561
5562 /* Always return true if this is a giv so it will be detected as such,
5563 even if the benefit is zero or negative. This allows elimination
5564 of bivs that might otherwise not be eliminated. */
5565 return 1;
5566 }
5567 \f
5568 /* Given an expression, X, try to form it as a linear function of a biv.
5569 We will canonicalize it to be of the form
5570 (plus (mult (BIV) (invar_1))
5571 (invar_2))
5572 with possible degeneracies.
5573
5574 The invariant expressions must each be of a form that can be used as a
5575 machine operand. We surround then with a USE rtx (a hack, but localized
5576 and certainly unambiguous!) if not a CONST_INT for simplicity in this
5577 routine; it is the caller's responsibility to strip them.
5578
5579 If no such canonicalization is possible (i.e., two biv's are used or an
5580 expression that is neither invariant nor a biv or giv), this routine
5581 returns 0.
5582
5583 For a non-zero return, the result will have a code of CONST_INT, USE,
5584 REG (for a BIV), PLUS, or MULT. No other codes will occur.
5585
5586 *BENEFIT will be incremented by the benefit of any sub-giv encountered. */
5587
5588 static rtx sge_plus PROTO ((enum machine_mode, rtx, rtx));
5589 static rtx sge_plus_constant PROTO ((rtx, rtx));
5590
5591 static rtx
5592 simplify_giv_expr (x, benefit)
5593 rtx x;
5594 int *benefit;
5595 {
5596 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (x);
5597 rtx arg0, arg1;
5598 rtx tem;
5599
5600 /* If this is not an integer mode, or if we cannot do arithmetic in this
5601 mode, this can't be a giv. */
5602 if (mode != VOIDmode
5603 && (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_INT
5604 || GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) > HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT))
5605 return NULL_RTX;
5606
5607 switch (GET_CODE (x))
5608 {
5609 case PLUS:
5610 arg0 = simplify_giv_expr (XEXP (x, 0), benefit);
5611 arg1 = simplify_giv_expr (XEXP (x, 1), benefit);
5612 if (arg0 == 0 || arg1 == 0)
5613 return NULL_RTX;
5614
5615 /* Put constant last, CONST_INT last if both constant. */
5616 if ((GET_CODE (arg0) == USE
5617 || GET_CODE (arg0) == CONST_INT)
5618 && ! ((GET_CODE (arg0) == USE
5619 && GET_CODE (arg1) == USE)
5620 || GET_CODE (arg1) == CONST_INT))
5621 tem = arg0, arg0 = arg1, arg1 = tem;
5622
5623 /* Handle addition of zero, then addition of an invariant. */
5624 if (arg1 == const0_rtx)
5625 return arg0;
5626 else if (GET_CODE (arg1) == CONST_INT || GET_CODE (arg1) == USE)
5627 switch (GET_CODE (arg0))
5628 {
5629 case CONST_INT:
5630 case USE:
5631 /* Adding two invariants must result in an invariant, so enclose
5632 addition operation inside a USE and return it. */
5633 if (GET_CODE (arg0) == USE)
5634 arg0 = XEXP (arg0, 0);
5635 if (GET_CODE (arg1) == USE)
5636 arg1 = XEXP (arg1, 0);
5637
5638 if (GET_CODE (arg0) == CONST_INT)
5639 tem = arg0, arg0 = arg1, arg1 = tem;
5640 if (GET_CODE (arg1) == CONST_INT)
5641 tem = sge_plus_constant (arg0, arg1);
5642 else
5643 tem = sge_plus (mode, arg0, arg1);
5644
5645 if (GET_CODE (tem) != CONST_INT)
5646 tem = gen_rtx_USE (mode, tem);
5647 return tem;
5648
5649 case REG:
5650 case MULT:
5651 /* biv + invar or mult + invar. Return sum. */
5652 return gen_rtx_PLUS (mode, arg0, arg1);
5653
5654 case PLUS:
5655 /* (a + invar_1) + invar_2. Associate. */
5656 return simplify_giv_expr (
5657 gen_rtx_PLUS (mode, XEXP (arg0, 0),
5658 gen_rtx_PLUS (mode, XEXP (arg0, 1), arg1)),
5659 benefit);
5660
5661 default:
5662 abort ();
5663 }
5664
5665 /* Each argument must be either REG, PLUS, or MULT. Convert REG to
5666 MULT to reduce cases. */
5667 if (GET_CODE (arg0) == REG)
5668 arg0 = gen_rtx_MULT (mode, arg0, const1_rtx);
5669 if (GET_CODE (arg1) == REG)
5670 arg1 = gen_rtx_MULT (mode, arg1, const1_rtx);
5671
5672 /* Now have PLUS + PLUS, PLUS + MULT, MULT + PLUS, or MULT + MULT.
5673 Put a MULT first, leaving PLUS + PLUS, MULT + PLUS, or MULT + MULT.
5674 Recurse to associate the second PLUS. */
5675 if (GET_CODE (arg1) == MULT)
5676 tem = arg0, arg0 = arg1, arg1 = tem;
5677
5678 if (GET_CODE (arg1) == PLUS)
5679 return simplify_giv_expr (gen_rtx_PLUS (mode,
5680 gen_rtx_PLUS (mode, arg0,
5681 XEXP (arg1, 0)),
5682 XEXP (arg1, 1)),
5683 benefit);
5684
5685 /* Now must have MULT + MULT. Distribute if same biv, else not giv. */
5686 if (GET_CODE (arg0) != MULT || GET_CODE (arg1) != MULT)
5687 return NULL_RTX;
5688
5689 if (!rtx_equal_p (arg0, arg1))
5690 return NULL_RTX;
5691
5692 return simplify_giv_expr (gen_rtx_MULT (mode,
5693 XEXP (arg0, 0),
5694 gen_rtx_PLUS (mode,
5695 XEXP (arg0, 1),
5696 XEXP (arg1, 1))),
5697 benefit);
5698
5699 case MINUS:
5700 /* Handle "a - b" as "a + b * (-1)". */
5701 return simplify_giv_expr (gen_rtx_PLUS (mode,
5702 XEXP (x, 0),
5703 gen_rtx_MULT (mode, XEXP (x, 1),
5704 constm1_rtx)),
5705 benefit);
5706
5707 case MULT:
5708 arg0 = simplify_giv_expr (XEXP (x, 0), benefit);
5709 arg1 = simplify_giv_expr (XEXP (x, 1), benefit);
5710 if (arg0 == 0 || arg1 == 0)
5711 return NULL_RTX;
5712
5713 /* Put constant last, CONST_INT last if both constant. */
5714 if ((GET_CODE (arg0) == USE || GET_CODE (arg0) == CONST_INT)
5715 && GET_CODE (arg1) != CONST_INT)
5716 tem = arg0, arg0 = arg1, arg1 = tem;
5717
5718 /* If second argument is not now constant, not giv. */
5719 if (GET_CODE (arg1) != USE && GET_CODE (arg1) != CONST_INT)
5720 return NULL_RTX;
5721
5722 /* Handle multiply by 0 or 1. */
5723 if (arg1 == const0_rtx)
5724 return const0_rtx;
5725
5726 else if (arg1 == const1_rtx)
5727 return arg0;
5728
5729 switch (GET_CODE (arg0))
5730 {
5731 case REG:
5732 /* biv * invar. Done. */
5733 return gen_rtx_MULT (mode, arg0, arg1);
5734
5735 case CONST_INT:
5736 /* Product of two constants. */
5737 return GEN_INT (INTVAL (arg0) * INTVAL (arg1));
5738
5739 case USE:
5740 /* invar * invar. It is a giv, but very few of these will
5741 actually pay off, so limit to simple registers. */
5742 if (GET_CODE (arg1) != CONST_INT)
5743 return NULL_RTX;
5744
5745 arg0 = XEXP (arg0, 0);
5746 if (GET_CODE (arg0) == REG)
5747 tem = gen_rtx_MULT (mode, arg0, arg1);
5748 else if (GET_CODE (arg0) == MULT
5749 && GET_CODE (XEXP (arg0, 0)) == REG
5750 && GET_CODE (XEXP (arg0, 1)) == CONST_INT)
5751 {
5752 tem = gen_rtx_MULT (mode, XEXP (arg0, 0),
5753 GEN_INT (INTVAL (XEXP (arg0, 1))
5754 * INTVAL (arg1)));
5755 }
5756 else
5757 return NULL_RTX;
5758 return gen_rtx_USE (mode, tem);
5759
5760 case MULT:
5761 /* (a * invar_1) * invar_2. Associate. */
5762 return simplify_giv_expr (gen_rtx_MULT (mode, XEXP (arg0, 0),
5763 gen_rtx_MULT (mode,
5764 XEXP (arg0, 1),
5765 arg1)),
5766 benefit);
5767
5768 case PLUS:
5769 /* (a + invar_1) * invar_2. Distribute. */
5770 return simplify_giv_expr (gen_rtx_PLUS (mode,
5771 gen_rtx_MULT (mode,
5772 XEXP (arg0, 0),
5773 arg1),
5774 gen_rtx_MULT (mode,
5775 XEXP (arg0, 1),
5776 arg1)),
5777 benefit);
5778
5779 default:
5780 abort ();
5781 }
5782
5783 case ASHIFT:
5784 /* Shift by constant is multiply by power of two. */
5785 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) != CONST_INT)
5786 return 0;
5787
5788 return simplify_giv_expr (gen_rtx_MULT (mode,
5789 XEXP (x, 0),
5790 GEN_INT ((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1
5791 << INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1)))),
5792 benefit);
5793
5794 case NEG:
5795 /* "-a" is "a * (-1)" */
5796 return simplify_giv_expr (gen_rtx_MULT (mode, XEXP (x, 0), constm1_rtx),
5797 benefit);
5798
5799 case NOT:
5800 /* "~a" is "-a - 1". Silly, but easy. */
5801 return simplify_giv_expr (gen_rtx_MINUS (mode,
5802 gen_rtx_NEG (mode, XEXP (x, 0)),
5803 const1_rtx),
5804 benefit);
5805
5806 case USE:
5807 /* Already in proper form for invariant. */
5808 return x;
5809
5810 case REG:
5811 /* If this is a new register, we can't deal with it. */
5812 if (REGNO (x) >= max_reg_before_loop)
5813 return 0;
5814
5815 /* Check for biv or giv. */
5816 switch (reg_iv_type[REGNO (x)])
5817 {
5818 case BASIC_INDUCT:
5819 return x;
5820 case GENERAL_INDUCT:
5821 {
5822 struct induction *v = reg_iv_info[REGNO (x)];
5823
5824 /* Form expression from giv and add benefit. Ensure this giv
5825 can derive another and subtract any needed adjustment if so. */
5826 *benefit += v->benefit;
5827 if (v->cant_derive)
5828 return 0;
5829
5830 tem = gen_rtx_PLUS (mode, gen_rtx_MULT (mode, v->src_reg,
5831 v->mult_val),
5832 v->add_val);
5833 if (v->derive_adjustment)
5834 tem = gen_rtx_MINUS (mode, tem, v->derive_adjustment);
5835 return simplify_giv_expr (tem, benefit);
5836 }
5837
5838 default:
5839 /* If it isn't an induction variable, and it is invariant, we
5840 may be able to simplify things further by looking through
5841 the bits we just moved outside the loop. */
5842 if (invariant_p (x) == 1)
5843 {
5844 struct movable *m;
5845
5846 for (m = the_movables; m ; m = m->next)
5847 if (rtx_equal_p (x, m->set_dest))
5848 {
5849 /* Ok, we found a match. Substitute and simplify. */
5850
5851 /* If we match another movable, we must use that, as
5852 this one is going away. */
5853 if (m->match)
5854 return simplify_giv_expr (m->match->set_dest, benefit);
5855
5856 /* If consec is non-zero, this is a member of a group of
5857 instructions that were moved together. We handle this
5858 case only to the point of seeking to the last insn and
5859 looking for a REG_EQUAL. Fail if we don't find one. */
5860 if (m->consec != 0)
5861 {
5862 int i = m->consec;
5863 tem = m->insn;
5864 do { tem = NEXT_INSN (tem); } while (--i > 0);
5865
5866 tem = find_reg_note (tem, REG_EQUAL, NULL_RTX);
5867 if (tem)
5868 tem = XEXP (tem, 0);
5869 }
5870 else
5871 {
5872 tem = single_set (m->insn);
5873 if (tem)
5874 tem = SET_SRC (tem);
5875 }
5876
5877 if (tem)
5878 {
5879 /* What we are most interested in is pointer
5880 arithmetic on invariants -- only take
5881 patterns we may be able to do something with. */
5882 if (GET_CODE (tem) == PLUS
5883 || GET_CODE (tem) == MULT
5884 || GET_CODE (tem) == ASHIFT
5885 || GET_CODE (tem) == CONST_INT
5886 || GET_CODE (tem) == SYMBOL_REF)
5887 {
5888 tem = simplify_giv_expr (tem, benefit);
5889 if (tem)
5890 return tem;
5891 }
5892 else if (GET_CODE (tem) == CONST
5893 && GET_CODE (XEXP (tem, 0)) == PLUS
5894 && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (tem, 0), 0)) == SYMBOL_REF
5895 && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (tem, 0), 1)) == CONST_INT)
5896 {
5897 tem = simplify_giv_expr (XEXP (tem, 0), benefit);
5898 if (tem)
5899 return tem;
5900 }
5901 }
5902 break;
5903 }
5904 }
5905 break;
5906 }
5907
5908 /* Fall through to general case. */
5909 default:
5910 /* If invariant, return as USE (unless CONST_INT).
5911 Otherwise, not giv. */
5912 if (GET_CODE (x) == USE)
5913 x = XEXP (x, 0);
5914
5915 if (invariant_p (x) == 1)
5916 {
5917 if (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_INT)
5918 return x;
5919 if (GET_CODE (x) == CONST
5920 && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == PLUS
5921 && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0)) == SYMBOL_REF
5922 && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 1)) == CONST_INT)
5923 x = XEXP (x, 0);
5924 return gen_rtx_USE (mode, x);
5925 }
5926 else
5927 return 0;
5928 }
5929 }
5930
5931 /* This routine folds invariants such that there is only ever one
5932 CONST_INT in the summation. It is only used by simplify_giv_expr. */
5933
5934 static rtx
5935 sge_plus_constant (x, c)
5936 rtx x, c;
5937 {
5938 if (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_INT)
5939 return GEN_INT (INTVAL (x) + INTVAL (c));
5940 else if (GET_CODE (x) != PLUS)
5941 return gen_rtx_PLUS (GET_MODE (x), x, c);
5942 else if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == CONST_INT)
5943 {
5944 return gen_rtx_PLUS (GET_MODE (x), XEXP (x, 0),
5945 GEN_INT (INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1)) + INTVAL (c)));
5946 }
5947 else if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == PLUS
5948 || GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) != PLUS)
5949 {
5950 return gen_rtx_PLUS (GET_MODE (x),
5951 sge_plus_constant (XEXP (x, 0), c), XEXP (x, 1));
5952 }
5953 else
5954 {
5955 return gen_rtx_PLUS (GET_MODE (x),
5956 sge_plus_constant (XEXP (x, 1), c), XEXP (x, 0));
5957 }
5958 }
5959
5960 static rtx
5961 sge_plus (mode, x, y)
5962 enum machine_mode mode;
5963 rtx x, y;
5964 {
5965 while (GET_CODE (y) == PLUS)
5966 {
5967 rtx a = XEXP (y, 0);
5968 if (GET_CODE (a) == CONST_INT)
5969 x = sge_plus_constant (x, a);
5970 else
5971 x = gen_rtx_PLUS (mode, x, a);
5972 y = XEXP (y, 1);
5973 }
5974 if (GET_CODE (y) == CONST_INT)
5975 x = sge_plus_constant (x, y);
5976 else
5977 x = gen_rtx_PLUS (mode, x, y);
5978 return x;
5979 }
5980 \f
5981 /* Help detect a giv that is calculated by several consecutive insns;
5982 for example,
5983 giv = biv * M
5984 giv = giv + A
5985 The caller has already identified the first insn P as having a giv as dest;
5986 we check that all other insns that set the same register follow
5987 immediately after P, that they alter nothing else,
5988 and that the result of the last is still a giv.
5989
5990 The value is 0 if the reg set in P is not really a giv.
5991 Otherwise, the value is the amount gained by eliminating
5992 all the consecutive insns that compute the value.
5993
5994 FIRST_BENEFIT is the amount gained by eliminating the first insn, P.
5995 SRC_REG is the reg of the biv; DEST_REG is the reg of the giv.
5996
5997 The coefficients of the ultimate giv value are stored in
5998 *MULT_VAL and *ADD_VAL. */
5999
6000 static int
6001 consec_sets_giv (first_benefit, p, src_reg, dest_reg,
6002 add_val, mult_val)
6003 int first_benefit;
6004 rtx p;
6005 rtx src_reg;
6006 rtx dest_reg;
6007 rtx *add_val;
6008 rtx *mult_val;
6009 {
6010 int count;
6011 enum rtx_code code;
6012 int benefit;
6013 rtx temp;
6014 rtx set;
6015
6016 /* Indicate that this is a giv so that we can update the value produced in
6017 each insn of the multi-insn sequence.
6018
6019 This induction structure will be used only by the call to
6020 general_induction_var below, so we can allocate it on our stack.
6021 If this is a giv, our caller will replace the induct var entry with
6022 a new induction structure. */
6023 struct induction *v
6024 = (struct induction *) alloca (sizeof (struct induction));
6025 v->src_reg = src_reg;
6026 v->mult_val = *mult_val;
6027 v->add_val = *add_val;
6028 v->benefit = first_benefit;
6029 v->cant_derive = 0;
6030 v->derive_adjustment = 0;
6031
6032 reg_iv_type[REGNO (dest_reg)] = GENERAL_INDUCT;
6033 reg_iv_info[REGNO (dest_reg)] = v;
6034
6035 count = VARRAY_INT (n_times_set, REGNO (dest_reg)) - 1;
6036
6037 while (count > 0)
6038 {
6039 p = NEXT_INSN (p);
6040 code = GET_CODE (p);
6041
6042 /* If libcall, skip to end of call sequence. */
6043 if (code == INSN && (temp = find_reg_note (p, REG_LIBCALL, NULL_RTX)))
6044 p = XEXP (temp, 0);
6045
6046 if (code == INSN
6047 && (set = single_set (p))
6048 && GET_CODE (SET_DEST (set)) == REG
6049 && SET_DEST (set) == dest_reg
6050 && (general_induction_var (SET_SRC (set), &src_reg,
6051 add_val, mult_val, 0, &benefit)
6052 /* Giv created by equivalent expression. */
6053 || ((temp = find_reg_note (p, REG_EQUAL, NULL_RTX))
6054 && general_induction_var (XEXP (temp, 0), &src_reg,
6055 add_val, mult_val, 0, &benefit)))
6056 && src_reg == v->src_reg)
6057 {
6058 if (find_reg_note (p, REG_RETVAL, NULL_RTX))
6059 benefit += libcall_benefit (p);
6060
6061 count--;
6062 v->mult_val = *mult_val;
6063 v->add_val = *add_val;
6064 v->benefit = benefit;
6065 }
6066 else if (code != NOTE)
6067 {
6068 /* Allow insns that set something other than this giv to a
6069 constant. Such insns are needed on machines which cannot
6070 include long constants and should not disqualify a giv. */
6071 if (code == INSN
6072 && (set = single_set (p))
6073 && SET_DEST (set) != dest_reg
6074 && CONSTANT_P (SET_SRC (set)))
6075 continue;
6076
6077 reg_iv_type[REGNO (dest_reg)] = UNKNOWN_INDUCT;
6078 return 0;
6079 }
6080 }
6081
6082 return v->benefit;
6083 }
6084 \f
6085 /* Return an rtx, if any, that expresses giv G2 as a function of the register
6086 represented by G1. If no such expression can be found, or it is clear that
6087 it cannot possibly be a valid address, 0 is returned.
6088
6089 To perform the computation, we note that
6090 G1 = x * v + a and
6091 G2 = y * v + b
6092 where `v' is the biv.
6093
6094 So G2 = (y/b) * G1 + (b - a*y/x).
6095
6096 Note that MULT = y/x.
6097
6098 Update: A and B are now allowed to be additive expressions such that
6099 B contains all variables in A. That is, computing B-A will not require
6100 subtracting variables. */
6101
6102 static rtx
6103 express_from_1 (a, b, mult)
6104 rtx a, b, mult;
6105 {
6106 /* If MULT is zero, then A*MULT is zero, and our expression is B. */
6107
6108 if (mult == const0_rtx)
6109 return b;
6110
6111 /* If MULT is not 1, we cannot handle A with non-constants, since we
6112 would then be required to subtract multiples of the registers in A.
6113 This is theoretically possible, and may even apply to some Fortran
6114 constructs, but it is a lot of work and we do not attempt it here. */
6115
6116 if (mult != const1_rtx && GET_CODE (a) != CONST_INT)
6117 return NULL_RTX;
6118
6119 /* In general these structures are sorted top to bottom (down the PLUS
6120 chain), but not left to right across the PLUS. If B is a higher
6121 order giv than A, we can strip one level and recurse. If A is higher
6122 order, we'll eventually bail out, but won't know that until the end.
6123 If they are the same, we'll strip one level around this loop. */
6124
6125 while (GET_CODE (a) == PLUS && GET_CODE (b) == PLUS)
6126 {
6127 rtx ra, rb, oa, ob, tmp;
6128
6129 ra = XEXP (a, 0), oa = XEXP (a, 1);
6130 if (GET_CODE (ra) == PLUS)
6131 tmp = ra, ra = oa, oa = tmp;
6132
6133 rb = XEXP (b, 0), ob = XEXP (b, 1);
6134 if (GET_CODE (rb) == PLUS)
6135 tmp = rb, rb = ob, ob = tmp;
6136
6137 if (rtx_equal_p (ra, rb))
6138 /* We matched: remove one reg completely. */
6139 a = oa, b = ob;
6140 else if (GET_CODE (ob) != PLUS && rtx_equal_p (ra, ob))
6141 /* An alternate match. */
6142 a = oa, b = rb;
6143 else if (GET_CODE (oa) != PLUS && rtx_equal_p (oa, rb))
6144 /* An alternate match. */
6145 a = ra, b = ob;
6146 else
6147 {
6148 /* Indicates an extra register in B. Strip one level from B and
6149 recurse, hoping B was the higher order expression. */
6150 ob = express_from_1 (a, ob, mult);
6151 if (ob == NULL_RTX)
6152 return NULL_RTX;
6153 return gen_rtx_PLUS (GET_MODE (b), rb, ob);
6154 }
6155 }
6156
6157 /* Here we are at the last level of A, go through the cases hoping to
6158 get rid of everything but a constant. */
6159
6160 if (GET_CODE (a) == PLUS)
6161 {
6162 rtx ra, oa;
6163
6164 ra = XEXP (a, 0), oa = XEXP (a, 1);
6165 if (rtx_equal_p (oa, b))
6166 oa = ra;
6167 else if (!rtx_equal_p (ra, b))
6168 return NULL_RTX;
6169
6170 if (GET_CODE (oa) != CONST_INT)
6171 return NULL_RTX;
6172
6173 return GEN_INT (-INTVAL (oa) * INTVAL (mult));
6174 }
6175 else if (GET_CODE (a) == CONST_INT)
6176 {
6177 return plus_constant (b, -INTVAL (a) * INTVAL (mult));
6178 }
6179 else if (GET_CODE (b) == PLUS)
6180 {
6181 if (rtx_equal_p (a, XEXP (b, 0)))
6182 return XEXP (b, 1);
6183 else if (rtx_equal_p (a, XEXP (b, 1)))
6184 return XEXP (b, 0);
6185 else
6186 return NULL_RTX;
6187 }
6188 else if (rtx_equal_p (a, b))
6189 return const0_rtx;
6190
6191 return NULL_RTX;
6192 }
6193
6194 static rtx
6195 express_from (g1, g2)
6196 struct induction *g1, *g2;
6197 {
6198 rtx mult, add;
6199
6200 /* The value that G1 will be multiplied by must be a constant integer. Also,
6201 the only chance we have of getting a valid address is if b*c/a (see above
6202 for notation) is also an integer. */
6203 if (GET_CODE (g1->mult_val) == CONST_INT
6204 && GET_CODE (g2->mult_val) == CONST_INT)
6205 {
6206 if (g1->mult_val == const0_rtx
6207 || INTVAL (g2->mult_val) % INTVAL (g1->mult_val) != 0)
6208 return NULL_RTX;
6209 mult = GEN_INT (INTVAL (g2->mult_val) / INTVAL (g1->mult_val));
6210 }
6211 else if (rtx_equal_p (g1->mult_val, g2->mult_val))
6212 mult = const1_rtx;
6213 else
6214 {
6215 /* ??? Find out if the one is a multiple of the other? */
6216 return NULL_RTX;
6217 }
6218
6219 add = express_from_1 (g1->add_val, g2->add_val, mult);
6220 if (add == NULL_RTX)
6221 return NULL_RTX;
6222
6223 /* Form simplified final result. */
6224 if (mult == const0_rtx)
6225 return add;
6226 else if (mult == const1_rtx)
6227 mult = g1->dest_reg;
6228 else
6229 mult = gen_rtx_MULT (g2->mode, g1->dest_reg, mult);
6230
6231 if (add == const0_rtx)
6232 return mult;
6233 else
6234 return gen_rtx_PLUS (g2->mode, mult, add);
6235 }
6236 \f
6237 /* Return an rtx, if any, that expresses giv G2 as a function of the register
6238 represented by G1. This indicates that G2 should be combined with G1 and
6239 that G2 can use (either directly or via an address expression) a register
6240 used to represent G1. */
6241
6242 static rtx
6243 combine_givs_p (g1, g2)
6244 struct induction *g1, *g2;
6245 {
6246 rtx tem = express_from (g1, g2);
6247
6248 /* If these givs are identical, they can be combined. We use the results
6249 of express_from because the addends are not in a canonical form, so
6250 rtx_equal_p is a weaker test. */
6251 if (tem == g1->dest_reg)
6252 {
6253 return g1->dest_reg;
6254 }
6255
6256 /* If G2 can be expressed as a function of G1 and that function is valid
6257 as an address and no more expensive than using a register for G2,
6258 the expression of G2 in terms of G1 can be used. */
6259 if (tem != NULL_RTX
6260 && g2->giv_type == DEST_ADDR
6261 && memory_address_p (g2->mem_mode, tem)
6262 /* ??? Looses, especially with -fforce-addr, where *g2->location
6263 will always be a register, and so anything more complicated
6264 gets discarded. */
6265 #if 0
6266 #ifdef ADDRESS_COST
6267 && ADDRESS_COST (tem) <= ADDRESS_COST (*g2->location)
6268 #else
6269 && rtx_cost (tem, MEM) <= rtx_cost (*g2->location, MEM)
6270 #endif
6271 #endif
6272 )
6273 {
6274 return tem;
6275 }
6276
6277 return NULL_RTX;
6278 }
6279 \f
6280 struct combine_givs_stats
6281 {
6282 int giv_number;
6283 int total_benefit;
6284 };
6285
6286 static int
6287 cmp_combine_givs_stats (x, y)
6288 struct combine_givs_stats *x, *y;
6289 {
6290 int d;
6291 d = y->total_benefit - x->total_benefit;
6292 /* Stabilize the sort. */
6293 if (!d)
6294 d = x->giv_number - y->giv_number;
6295 return d;
6296 }
6297
6298 /* If one of these givs is a DEST_REG that was only used once, by the
6299 other giv, this is actually a single use. Return 0 if this is not
6300 the case, -1 if g1 is the DEST_REG involved, and 1 if it was g2. */
6301
6302 static int
6303 combine_givs_used_once (g1, g2)
6304 struct induction *g1, *g2;
6305 {
6306 if (g1->giv_type == DEST_REG
6307 && VARRAY_INT (n_times_used, REGNO (g1->dest_reg)) == 1
6308 && reg_mentioned_p (g1->dest_reg, PATTERN (g2->insn)))
6309 return -1;
6310
6311 if (g2->giv_type == DEST_REG
6312 && VARRAY_INT (n_times_used, REGNO (g2->dest_reg)) == 1
6313 && reg_mentioned_p (g2->dest_reg, PATTERN (g1->insn)))
6314 return 1;
6315
6316 return 0;
6317 }
6318
6319 static int
6320 combine_givs_benefit_from (g1, g2)
6321 struct induction *g1, *g2;
6322 {
6323 int tmp = combine_givs_used_once (g1, g2);
6324 if (tmp < 0)
6325 return 0;
6326 else if (tmp > 0)
6327 return g2->benefit - g1->benefit;
6328 else
6329 return g2->benefit;
6330 }
6331
6332 /* Check all pairs of givs for iv_class BL and see if any can be combined with
6333 any other. If so, point SAME to the giv combined with and set NEW_REG to
6334 be an expression (in terms of the other giv's DEST_REG) equivalent to the
6335 giv. Also, update BENEFIT and related fields for cost/benefit analysis. */
6336
6337 static void
6338 combine_givs (bl)
6339 struct iv_class *bl;
6340 {
6341 struct induction *g1, *g2, **giv_array;
6342 int i, j, k, giv_count;
6343 struct combine_givs_stats *stats;
6344 rtx *can_combine;
6345
6346 /* Count givs, because bl->giv_count is incorrect here. */
6347 giv_count = 0;
6348 for (g1 = bl->giv; g1; g1 = g1->next_iv)
6349 if (!g1->ignore)
6350 giv_count++;
6351
6352 giv_array
6353 = (struct induction **) alloca (giv_count * sizeof (struct induction *));
6354 i = 0;
6355 for (g1 = bl->giv; g1; g1 = g1->next_iv)
6356 if (!g1->ignore)
6357 giv_array[i++] = g1;
6358
6359 stats = (struct combine_givs_stats *) alloca (giv_count * sizeof (*stats));
6360 bzero ((char *) stats, giv_count * sizeof (*stats));
6361
6362 can_combine = (rtx *) alloca (giv_count * giv_count * sizeof(rtx));
6363 bzero ((char *) can_combine, giv_count * giv_count * sizeof(rtx));
6364
6365 for (i = 0; i < giv_count; i++)
6366 {
6367 int this_benefit;
6368
6369 g1 = giv_array[i];
6370
6371 this_benefit = g1->benefit;
6372 /* Add an additional weight for zero addends. */
6373 if (g1->no_const_addval)
6374 this_benefit += 1;
6375 for (j = 0; j < giv_count; j++)
6376 {
6377 rtx this_combine;
6378
6379 g2 = giv_array[j];
6380 if (g1 != g2
6381 && (this_combine = combine_givs_p (g1, g2)) != NULL_RTX)
6382 {
6383 can_combine[i*giv_count + j] = this_combine;
6384 this_benefit += combine_givs_benefit_from (g1, g2);
6385 /* Add an additional weight for being reused more times. */
6386 this_benefit += 3;
6387 }
6388 }
6389 stats[i].giv_number = i;
6390 stats[i].total_benefit = this_benefit;
6391 }
6392
6393 /* Iterate, combining until we can't. */
6394 restart:
6395 qsort (stats, giv_count, sizeof(*stats), cmp_combine_givs_stats);
6396
6397 if (loop_dump_stream)
6398 {
6399 fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "Sorted combine statistics:\n");
6400 for (k = 0; k < giv_count; k++)
6401 {
6402 g1 = giv_array[stats[k].giv_number];
6403 if (!g1->combined_with && !g1->same)
6404 fprintf (loop_dump_stream, " {%d, %d}",
6405 INSN_UID (giv_array[stats[k].giv_number]->insn),
6406 stats[k].total_benefit);
6407 }
6408 putc ('\n', loop_dump_stream);
6409 }
6410
6411 for (k = 0; k < giv_count; k++)
6412 {
6413 int g1_add_benefit = 0;
6414
6415 i = stats[k].giv_number;
6416 g1 = giv_array[i];
6417
6418 /* If it has already been combined, skip. */
6419 if (g1->combined_with || g1->same)
6420 continue;
6421
6422 for (j = 0; j < giv_count; j++)
6423 {
6424 g2 = giv_array[j];
6425 if (g1 != g2 && can_combine[i*giv_count + j]
6426 /* If it has already been combined, skip. */
6427 && ! g2->same && ! g2->combined_with)
6428 {
6429 int l;
6430
6431 g2->new_reg = can_combine[i*giv_count + j];
6432 g2->same = g1;
6433 g1->combined_with = 1;
6434 if (!combine_givs_used_once (g1, g2))
6435 g1->times_used += 1;
6436 g1->lifetime += g2->lifetime;
6437
6438 g1_add_benefit += combine_givs_benefit_from (g1, g2);
6439
6440 /* ??? The new final_[bg]iv_value code does a much better job
6441 of finding replaceable giv's, and hence this code may no
6442 longer be necessary. */
6443 if (! g2->replaceable && REG_USERVAR_P (g2->dest_reg))
6444 g1_add_benefit -= copy_cost;
6445
6446 /* To help optimize the next set of combinations, remove
6447 this giv from the benefits of other potential mates. */
6448 for (l = 0; l < giv_count; ++l)
6449 {
6450 int m = stats[l].giv_number;
6451 if (can_combine[m*giv_count + j])
6452 {
6453 /* Remove additional weight for being reused. */
6454 stats[l].total_benefit -= 3 +
6455 combine_givs_benefit_from (giv_array[m], g2);
6456 }
6457 }
6458
6459 if (loop_dump_stream)
6460 fprintf (loop_dump_stream,
6461 "giv at %d combined with giv at %d\n",
6462 INSN_UID (g2->insn), INSN_UID (g1->insn));
6463 }
6464 }
6465
6466 /* To help optimize the next set of combinations, remove
6467 this giv from the benefits of other potential mates. */
6468 if (g1->combined_with)
6469 {
6470 for (j = 0; j < giv_count; ++j)
6471 {
6472 int m = stats[j].giv_number;
6473 if (can_combine[m*giv_count + j])
6474 {
6475 /* Remove additional weight for being reused. */
6476 stats[j].total_benefit -= 3 +
6477 combine_givs_benefit_from (giv_array[m], g1);
6478 }
6479 }
6480
6481 g1->benefit += g1_add_benefit;
6482
6483 /* We've finished with this giv, and everything it touched.
6484 Restart the combination so that proper weights for the
6485 rest of the givs are properly taken into account. */
6486 /* ??? Ideally we would compact the arrays at this point, so
6487 as to not cover old ground. But sanely compacting
6488 can_combine is tricky. */
6489 goto restart;
6490 }
6491 }
6492 }
6493 \f
6494 /* EMIT code before INSERT_BEFORE to set REG = B * M + A. */
6495
6496 void
6497 emit_iv_add_mult (b, m, a, reg, insert_before)
6498 rtx b; /* initial value of basic induction variable */
6499 rtx m; /* multiplicative constant */
6500 rtx a; /* additive constant */
6501 rtx reg; /* destination register */
6502 rtx insert_before;
6503 {
6504 rtx seq;
6505 rtx result;
6506
6507 /* Prevent unexpected sharing of these rtx. */
6508 a = copy_rtx (a);
6509 b = copy_rtx (b);
6510
6511 /* Increase the lifetime of any invariants moved further in code. */
6512 update_reg_last_use (a, insert_before);
6513 update_reg_last_use (b, insert_before);
6514 update_reg_last_use (m, insert_before);
6515
6516 start_sequence ();
6517 result = expand_mult_add (b, reg, m, a, GET_MODE (reg), 0);
6518 if (reg != result)
6519 emit_move_insn (reg, result);
6520 seq = gen_sequence ();
6521 end_sequence ();
6522
6523 emit_insn_before (seq, insert_before);
6524
6525 /* It is entirely possible that the expansion created lots of new
6526 registers. Iterate over the sequence we just created and
6527 record them all. */
6528
6529 if (GET_CODE (seq) == SEQUENCE)
6530 {
6531 int i;
6532 for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (seq, 0); ++i)
6533 {
6534 rtx set = single_set (XVECEXP (seq, 0, i));
6535 if (set && GET_CODE (SET_DEST (set)) == REG)
6536 record_base_value (REGNO (SET_DEST (set)), SET_SRC (set), 0);
6537 }
6538 }
6539 else if (GET_CODE (seq) == SET
6540 && GET_CODE (SET_DEST (seq)) == REG)
6541 record_base_value (REGNO (SET_DEST (seq)), SET_SRC (seq), 0);
6542 }
6543 \f
6544 /* Test whether A * B can be computed without
6545 an actual multiply insn. Value is 1 if so. */
6546
6547 static int
6548 product_cheap_p (a, b)
6549 rtx a;
6550 rtx b;
6551 {
6552 int i;
6553 rtx tmp;
6554 struct obstack *old_rtl_obstack = rtl_obstack;
6555 char *storage = (char *) obstack_alloc (&temp_obstack, 0);
6556 int win = 1;
6557
6558 /* If only one is constant, make it B. */
6559 if (GET_CODE (a) == CONST_INT)
6560 tmp = a, a = b, b = tmp;
6561
6562 /* If first constant, both constant, so don't need multiply. */
6563 if (GET_CODE (a) == CONST_INT)
6564 return 1;
6565
6566 /* If second not constant, neither is constant, so would need multiply. */
6567 if (GET_CODE (b) != CONST_INT)
6568 return 0;
6569
6570 /* One operand is constant, so might not need multiply insn. Generate the
6571 code for the multiply and see if a call or multiply, or long sequence
6572 of insns is generated. */
6573
6574 rtl_obstack = &temp_obstack;
6575 start_sequence ();
6576 expand_mult (GET_MODE (a), a, b, NULL_RTX, 0);
6577 tmp = gen_sequence ();
6578 end_sequence ();
6579
6580 if (GET_CODE (tmp) == SEQUENCE)
6581 {
6582 if (XVEC (tmp, 0) == 0)
6583 win = 1;
6584 else if (XVECLEN (tmp, 0) > 3)
6585 win = 0;
6586 else
6587 for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (tmp, 0); i++)
6588 {
6589 rtx insn = XVECEXP (tmp, 0, i);
6590
6591 if (GET_CODE (insn) != INSN
6592 || (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SET
6593 && GET_CODE (SET_SRC (PATTERN (insn))) == MULT)
6594 || (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == PARALLEL
6595 && GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, 0)) == SET
6596 && GET_CODE (SET_SRC (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, 0))) == MULT))
6597 {
6598 win = 0;
6599 break;
6600 }
6601 }
6602 }
6603 else if (GET_CODE (tmp) == SET
6604 && GET_CODE (SET_SRC (tmp)) == MULT)
6605 win = 0;
6606 else if (GET_CODE (tmp) == PARALLEL
6607 && GET_CODE (XVECEXP (tmp, 0, 0)) == SET
6608 && GET_CODE (SET_SRC (XVECEXP (tmp, 0, 0))) == MULT)
6609 win = 0;
6610
6611 /* Free any storage we obtained in generating this multiply and restore rtl
6612 allocation to its normal obstack. */
6613 obstack_free (&temp_obstack, storage);
6614 rtl_obstack = old_rtl_obstack;
6615
6616 return win;
6617 }
6618 \f
6619 /* Check to see if loop can be terminated by a "decrement and branch until
6620 zero" instruction. If so, add a REG_NONNEG note to the branch insn if so.
6621 Also try reversing an increment loop to a decrement loop
6622 to see if the optimization can be performed.
6623 Value is nonzero if optimization was performed. */
6624
6625 /* This is useful even if the architecture doesn't have such an insn,
6626 because it might change a loops which increments from 0 to n to a loop
6627 which decrements from n to 0. A loop that decrements to zero is usually
6628 faster than one that increments from zero. */
6629
6630 /* ??? This could be rewritten to use some of the loop unrolling procedures,
6631 such as approx_final_value, biv_total_increment, loop_iterations, and
6632 final_[bg]iv_value. */
6633
6634 static int
6635 check_dbra_loop (loop_end, insn_count, loop_start)
6636 rtx loop_end;
6637 int insn_count;
6638 rtx loop_start;
6639 {
6640 struct iv_class *bl;
6641 rtx reg;
6642 rtx jump_label;
6643 rtx final_value;
6644 rtx start_value;
6645 rtx new_add_val;
6646 rtx comparison;
6647 rtx before_comparison;
6648 rtx p;
6649 rtx jump;
6650 rtx first_compare;
6651 int compare_and_branch;
6652
6653 /* If last insn is a conditional branch, and the insn before tests a
6654 register value, try to optimize it. Otherwise, we can't do anything. */
6655
6656 jump = PREV_INSN (loop_end);
6657 comparison = get_condition_for_loop (jump);
6658 if (comparison == 0)
6659 return 0;
6660
6661 /* Try to compute whether the compare/branch at the loop end is one or
6662 two instructions. */
6663 get_condition (jump, &first_compare);
6664 if (first_compare == jump)
6665 compare_and_branch = 1;
6666 else if (first_compare == prev_nonnote_insn (jump))
6667 compare_and_branch = 2;
6668 else
6669 return 0;
6670
6671 /* Check all of the bivs to see if the compare uses one of them.
6672 Skip biv's set more than once because we can't guarantee that
6673 it will be zero on the last iteration. Also skip if the biv is
6674 used between its update and the test insn. */
6675
6676 for (bl = loop_iv_list; bl; bl = bl->next)
6677 {
6678 if (bl->biv_count == 1
6679 && bl->biv->dest_reg == XEXP (comparison, 0)
6680 && ! reg_used_between_p (regno_reg_rtx[bl->regno], bl->biv->insn,
6681 first_compare))
6682 break;
6683 }
6684
6685 if (! bl)
6686 return 0;
6687
6688 /* Look for the case where the basic induction variable is always
6689 nonnegative, and equals zero on the last iteration.
6690 In this case, add a reg_note REG_NONNEG, which allows the
6691 m68k DBRA instruction to be used. */
6692
6693 if (((GET_CODE (comparison) == GT
6694 && GET_CODE (XEXP (comparison, 1)) == CONST_INT
6695 && INTVAL (XEXP (comparison, 1)) == -1)
6696 || (GET_CODE (comparison) == NE && XEXP (comparison, 1) == const0_rtx))
6697 && GET_CODE (bl->biv->add_val) == CONST_INT
6698 && INTVAL (bl->biv->add_val) < 0)
6699 {
6700 /* Initial value must be greater than 0,
6701 init_val % -dec_value == 0 to ensure that it equals zero on
6702 the last iteration */
6703
6704 if (GET_CODE (bl->initial_value) == CONST_INT
6705 && INTVAL (bl->initial_value) > 0
6706 && (INTVAL (bl->initial_value)
6707 % (-INTVAL (bl->biv->add_val))) == 0)
6708 {
6709 /* register always nonnegative, add REG_NOTE to branch */
6710 REG_NOTES (PREV_INSN (loop_end))
6711 = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (REG_NONNEG, NULL_RTX,
6712 REG_NOTES (PREV_INSN (loop_end)));
6713 bl->nonneg = 1;
6714
6715 return 1;
6716 }
6717
6718 /* If the decrement is 1 and the value was tested as >= 0 before
6719 the loop, then we can safely optimize. */
6720 for (p = loop_start; p; p = PREV_INSN (p))
6721 {
6722 if (GET_CODE (p) == CODE_LABEL)
6723 break;
6724 if (GET_CODE (p) != JUMP_INSN)
6725 continue;
6726
6727 before_comparison = get_condition_for_loop (p);
6728 if (before_comparison
6729 && XEXP (before_comparison, 0) == bl->biv->dest_reg
6730 && GET_CODE (before_comparison) == LT
6731 && XEXP (before_comparison, 1) == const0_rtx
6732 && ! reg_set_between_p (bl->biv->dest_reg, p, loop_start)
6733 && INTVAL (bl->biv->add_val) == -1)
6734 {
6735 REG_NOTES (PREV_INSN (loop_end))
6736 = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (REG_NONNEG, NULL_RTX,
6737 REG_NOTES (PREV_INSN (loop_end)));
6738 bl->nonneg = 1;
6739
6740 return 1;
6741 }
6742 }
6743 }
6744 else if (INTVAL (bl->biv->add_val) > 0)
6745 {
6746 /* Try to change inc to dec, so can apply above optimization. */
6747 /* Can do this if:
6748 all registers modified are induction variables or invariant,
6749 all memory references have non-overlapping addresses
6750 (obviously true if only one write)
6751 allow 2 insns for the compare/jump at the end of the loop. */
6752 /* Also, we must avoid any instructions which use both the reversed
6753 biv and another biv. Such instructions will fail if the loop is
6754 reversed. We meet this condition by requiring that either
6755 no_use_except_counting is true, or else that there is only
6756 one biv. */
6757 int num_nonfixed_reads = 0;
6758 /* 1 if the iteration var is used only to count iterations. */
6759 int no_use_except_counting = 0;
6760 /* 1 if the loop has no memory store, or it has a single memory store
6761 which is reversible. */
6762 int reversible_mem_store = 1;
6763
6764 if (bl->giv_count == 0
6765 && ! loop_number_exit_count[uid_loop_num[INSN_UID (loop_start)]])
6766 {
6767 rtx bivreg = regno_reg_rtx[bl->regno];
6768
6769 /* If there are no givs for this biv, and the only exit is the
6770 fall through at the end of the loop, then
6771 see if perhaps there are no uses except to count. */
6772 no_use_except_counting = 1;
6773 for (p = loop_start; p != loop_end; p = NEXT_INSN (p))
6774 if (GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (p)) == 'i')
6775 {
6776 rtx set = single_set (p);
6777
6778 if (set && GET_CODE (SET_DEST (set)) == REG
6779 && REGNO (SET_DEST (set)) == bl->regno)
6780 /* An insn that sets the biv is okay. */
6781 ;
6782 else if (p == prev_nonnote_insn (prev_nonnote_insn (loop_end))
6783 || p == prev_nonnote_insn (loop_end))
6784 /* Don't bother about the end test. */
6785 ;
6786 else if (reg_mentioned_p (bivreg, PATTERN (p)))
6787 {
6788 no_use_except_counting = 0;
6789 break;
6790 }
6791 }
6792 }
6793
6794 if (no_use_except_counting)
6795 ; /* no need to worry about MEMs. */
6796 else if (num_mem_sets <= 1)
6797 {
6798 for (p = loop_start; p != loop_end; p = NEXT_INSN (p))
6799 if (GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (p)) == 'i')
6800 num_nonfixed_reads += count_nonfixed_reads (PATTERN (p));
6801
6802 /* If the loop has a single store, and the destination address is
6803 invariant, then we can't reverse the loop, because this address
6804 might then have the wrong value at loop exit.
6805 This would work if the source was invariant also, however, in that
6806 case, the insn should have been moved out of the loop. */
6807
6808 if (num_mem_sets == 1)
6809 reversible_mem_store
6810 = (! unknown_address_altered
6811 && ! invariant_p (XEXP (loop_store_mems[0], 0)));
6812 }
6813 else
6814 return 0;
6815
6816 /* This code only acts for innermost loops. Also it simplifies
6817 the memory address check by only reversing loops with
6818 zero or one memory access.
6819 Two memory accesses could involve parts of the same array,
6820 and that can't be reversed.
6821 If the biv is used only for counting, than we don't need to worry
6822 about all these things. */
6823
6824 if ((num_nonfixed_reads <= 1
6825 && !loop_has_call
6826 && !loop_has_volatile
6827 && reversible_mem_store
6828 && (bl->giv_count + bl->biv_count + num_mem_sets
6829 + num_movables + compare_and_branch == insn_count)
6830 && (bl == loop_iv_list && bl->next == 0))
6831 || no_use_except_counting)
6832 {
6833 rtx tem;
6834
6835 /* Loop can be reversed. */
6836 if (loop_dump_stream)
6837 fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "Can reverse loop\n");
6838
6839 /* Now check other conditions:
6840
6841 The increment must be a constant, as must the initial value,
6842 and the comparison code must be LT.
6843
6844 This test can probably be improved since +/- 1 in the constant
6845 can be obtained by changing LT to LE and vice versa; this is
6846 confusing. */
6847
6848 if (comparison
6849 /* for constants, LE gets turned into LT */
6850 && (GET_CODE (comparison) == LT
6851 || (GET_CODE (comparison) == LE
6852 && no_use_except_counting)))
6853 {
6854 HOST_WIDE_INT add_val, add_adjust, comparison_val;
6855 rtx initial_value, comparison_value;
6856 int nonneg = 0;
6857 enum rtx_code cmp_code;
6858 int comparison_const_width;
6859 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT comparison_sign_mask;
6860 rtx vtop;
6861
6862 add_val = INTVAL (bl->biv->add_val);
6863 comparison_value = XEXP (comparison, 1);
6864 comparison_const_width
6865 = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (comparison, 1)));
6866 if (comparison_const_width > HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
6867 comparison_const_width = HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT;
6868 comparison_sign_mask
6869 = (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT)1 << (comparison_const_width - 1);
6870
6871 /* If the comparison value is not a loop invariant, then we
6872 can not reverse this loop.
6873
6874 ??? If the insns which initialize the comparison value as
6875 a whole compute an invariant result, then we could move
6876 them out of the loop and proceed with loop reversal. */
6877 if (!invariant_p (comparison_value))
6878 return 0;
6879
6880 if (GET_CODE (comparison_value) == CONST_INT)
6881 comparison_val = INTVAL (comparison_value);
6882 initial_value = bl->initial_value;
6883
6884 /* Normalize the initial value if it is an integer and
6885 has no other use except as a counter. This will allow
6886 a few more loops to be reversed. */
6887 if (no_use_except_counting
6888 && GET_CODE (comparison_value) == CONST_INT
6889 && GET_CODE (initial_value) == CONST_INT)
6890 {
6891 comparison_val = comparison_val - INTVAL (bl->initial_value);
6892 /* The code below requires comparison_val to be a multiple
6893 of add_val in order to do the loop reversal, so
6894 round up comparison_val to a multiple of add_val.
6895 Since comparison_value is constant, we know that the
6896 current comparison code is LT. */
6897 comparison_val = comparison_val + add_val - 1;
6898 comparison_val
6899 -= (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) comparison_val % add_val;
6900 /* We postpone overflow checks for COMPARISON_VAL here;
6901 even if there is an overflow, we might still be able to
6902 reverse the loop, if converting the loop exit test to
6903 NE is possible. */
6904 initial_value = const0_rtx;
6905 }
6906
6907 /* Check if there is a NOTE_INSN_LOOP_VTOP note. If there is,
6908 that means that this is a for or while style loop, with
6909 a loop exit test at the start. Thus, we can assume that
6910 the loop condition was true when the loop was entered.
6911 This allows us to change the loop exit condition to an
6912 equality test.
6913 We start at the end and search backwards for the previous
6914 NOTE. If there is no NOTE_INSN_LOOP_VTOP for this loop,
6915 the search will stop at the NOTE_INSN_LOOP_CONT. */
6916 vtop = loop_end;
6917 do
6918 vtop = PREV_INSN (vtop);
6919 while (GET_CODE (vtop) != NOTE
6920 || NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (vtop) > 0
6921 || NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (vtop) == NOTE_REPEATED_LINE_NUMBER
6922 || NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (vtop) == NOTE_INSN_DELETED);
6923 if (NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (vtop) != NOTE_INSN_LOOP_VTOP)
6924 vtop = NULL_RTX;
6925
6926 /* First check if we can do a vanilla loop reversal. */
6927 if (initial_value == const0_rtx
6928 /* If we have a decrement_and_branch_on_count, prefer
6929 the NE test, since this will allow that instruction to
6930 be generated. Note that we must use a vanilla loop
6931 reversal if the biv is used to calculate a giv or has
6932 a non-counting use. */
6933 #if ! defined (HAVE_decrement_and_branch_until_zero) && defined (HAVE_decrement_and_branch_on_count)
6934 && (! (add_val == 1 && vtop
6935 && (bl->biv_count == 0
6936 || no_use_except_counting)))
6937 #endif
6938 && GET_CODE (comparison_value) == CONST_INT
6939 /* Now do postponed overflow checks on COMPARISON_VAL. */
6940 && ! (((comparison_val - add_val) ^ INTVAL (comparison_value))
6941 & comparison_sign_mask))
6942 {
6943 /* Register will always be nonnegative, with value
6944 0 on last iteration */
6945 add_adjust = add_val;
6946 nonneg = 1;
6947 cmp_code = GE;
6948 }
6949 else if (add_val == 1 && vtop
6950 && (bl->biv_count == 0
6951 || no_use_except_counting))
6952 {
6953 add_adjust = 0;
6954 cmp_code = NE;
6955 }
6956 else
6957 return 0;
6958
6959 if (GET_CODE (comparison) == LE)
6960 add_adjust -= add_val;
6961
6962 /* If the initial value is not zero, or if the comparison
6963 value is not an exact multiple of the increment, then we
6964 can not reverse this loop. */
6965 if (initial_value == const0_rtx
6966 && GET_CODE (comparison_value) == CONST_INT)
6967 {
6968 if (((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) comparison_val % add_val) != 0)
6969 return 0;
6970 }
6971 else
6972 {
6973 if (! no_use_except_counting || add_val != 1)
6974 return 0;
6975 }
6976
6977 final_value = comparison_value;
6978
6979 /* Reset these in case we normalized the initial value
6980 and comparison value above. */
6981 if (GET_CODE (comparison_value) == CONST_INT
6982 && GET_CODE (initial_value) == CONST_INT)
6983 {
6984 comparison_value = GEN_INT (comparison_val);
6985 final_value
6986 = GEN_INT (comparison_val + INTVAL (bl->initial_value));
6987 }
6988 bl->initial_value = initial_value;
6989
6990 /* Save some info needed to produce the new insns. */
6991 reg = bl->biv->dest_reg;
6992 jump_label = XEXP (SET_SRC (PATTERN (PREV_INSN (loop_end))), 1);
6993 if (jump_label == pc_rtx)
6994 jump_label = XEXP (SET_SRC (PATTERN (PREV_INSN (loop_end))), 2);
6995 new_add_val = GEN_INT (- INTVAL (bl->biv->add_val));
6996
6997 /* Set start_value; if this is not a CONST_INT, we need
6998 to generate a SUB.
6999 Initialize biv to start_value before loop start.
7000 The old initializing insn will be deleted as a
7001 dead store by flow.c. */
7002 if (initial_value == const0_rtx
7003 && GET_CODE (comparison_value) == CONST_INT)
7004 {
7005 start_value = GEN_INT (comparison_val - add_adjust);
7006 emit_insn_before (gen_move_insn (reg, start_value),
7007 loop_start);
7008 }
7009 else if (GET_CODE (initial_value) == CONST_INT)
7010 {
7011 rtx offset = GEN_INT (-INTVAL (initial_value) - add_adjust);
7012 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (reg);
7013 enum insn_code icode
7014 = add_optab->handlers[(int) mode].insn_code;
7015 if (! (*insn_operand_predicate[icode][0]) (reg, mode)
7016 || ! ((*insn_operand_predicate[icode][1])
7017 (comparison_value, mode))
7018 || ! (*insn_operand_predicate[icode][2]) (offset, mode))
7019 return 0;
7020 start_value
7021 = gen_rtx_PLUS (mode, comparison_value, offset);
7022 emit_insn_before ((GEN_FCN (icode)
7023 (reg, comparison_value, offset)),
7024 loop_start);
7025 if (GET_CODE (comparison) == LE)
7026 final_value = gen_rtx_PLUS (mode, comparison_value,
7027 GEN_INT (add_val));
7028 }
7029 else if (! add_adjust)
7030 {
7031 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (reg);
7032 enum insn_code icode
7033 = sub_optab->handlers[(int) mode].insn_code;
7034 if (! (*insn_operand_predicate[icode][0]) (reg, mode)
7035 || ! ((*insn_operand_predicate[icode][1])
7036 (comparison_value, mode))
7037 || ! ((*insn_operand_predicate[icode][2])
7038 (initial_value, mode)))
7039 return 0;
7040 start_value
7041 = gen_rtx_MINUS (mode, comparison_value, initial_value);
7042 emit_insn_before ((GEN_FCN (icode)
7043 (reg, comparison_value, initial_value)),
7044 loop_start);
7045 }
7046 else
7047 /* We could handle the other cases too, but it'll be
7048 better to have a testcase first. */
7049 return 0;
7050
7051 /* Add insn to decrement register, and delete insn
7052 that incremented the register. */
7053 p = emit_insn_before (gen_add2_insn (reg, new_add_val),
7054 bl->biv->insn);
7055 delete_insn (bl->biv->insn);
7056
7057 /* Update biv info to reflect its new status. */
7058 bl->biv->insn = p;
7059 bl->initial_value = start_value;
7060 bl->biv->add_val = new_add_val;
7061
7062 /* Inc LABEL_NUSES so that delete_insn will
7063 not delete the label. */
7064 LABEL_NUSES (XEXP (jump_label, 0)) ++;
7065
7066 /* Emit an insn after the end of the loop to set the biv's
7067 proper exit value if it is used anywhere outside the loop. */
7068 if ((REGNO_LAST_UID (bl->regno) != INSN_UID (first_compare))
7069 || ! bl->init_insn
7070 || REGNO_FIRST_UID (bl->regno) != INSN_UID (bl->init_insn))
7071 emit_insn_after (gen_move_insn (reg, final_value),
7072 loop_end);
7073
7074 /* Delete compare/branch at end of loop. */
7075 delete_insn (PREV_INSN (loop_end));
7076 if (compare_and_branch == 2)
7077 delete_insn (first_compare);
7078
7079 /* Add new compare/branch insn at end of loop. */
7080 start_sequence ();
7081 emit_cmp_insn (reg, const0_rtx, cmp_code, NULL_RTX,
7082 GET_MODE (reg), 0, 0);
7083 emit_jump_insn ((*bcc_gen_fctn[(int) cmp_code])
7084 (XEXP (jump_label, 0)));
7085 tem = gen_sequence ();
7086 end_sequence ();
7087 emit_jump_insn_before (tem, loop_end);
7088
7089 if (nonneg)
7090 {
7091 for (tem = PREV_INSN (loop_end);
7092 tem && GET_CODE (tem) != JUMP_INSN;
7093 tem = PREV_INSN (tem))
7094 ;
7095 if (tem)
7096 {
7097 JUMP_LABEL (tem) = XEXP (jump_label, 0);
7098
7099 /* Increment of LABEL_NUSES done above. */
7100 /* Register is now always nonnegative,
7101 so add REG_NONNEG note to the branch. */
7102 REG_NOTES (tem) = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (REG_NONNEG, NULL_RTX,
7103 REG_NOTES (tem));
7104 }
7105 bl->nonneg = 1;
7106 }
7107
7108 /* Mark that this biv has been reversed. Each giv which depends
7109 on this biv, and which is also live past the end of the loop
7110 will have to be fixed up. */
7111
7112 bl->reversed = 1;
7113
7114 if (loop_dump_stream)
7115 fprintf (loop_dump_stream,
7116 "Reversed loop and added reg_nonneg\n");
7117
7118 return 1;
7119 }
7120 }
7121 }
7122
7123 return 0;
7124 }
7125 \f
7126 /* Verify whether the biv BL appears to be eliminable,
7127 based on the insns in the loop that refer to it.
7128 LOOP_START is the first insn of the loop, and END is the end insn.
7129
7130 If ELIMINATE_P is non-zero, actually do the elimination.
7131
7132 THRESHOLD and INSN_COUNT are from loop_optimize and are used to
7133 determine whether invariant insns should be placed inside or at the
7134 start of the loop. */
7135
7136 static int
7137 maybe_eliminate_biv (bl, loop_start, end, eliminate_p, threshold, insn_count)
7138 struct iv_class *bl;
7139 rtx loop_start;
7140 rtx end;
7141 int eliminate_p;
7142 int threshold, insn_count;
7143 {
7144 rtx reg = bl->biv->dest_reg;
7145 rtx p;
7146
7147 /* Scan all insns in the loop, stopping if we find one that uses the
7148 biv in a way that we cannot eliminate. */
7149
7150 for (p = loop_start; p != end; p = NEXT_INSN (p))
7151 {
7152 enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (p);
7153 rtx where = threshold >= insn_count ? loop_start : p;
7154
7155 if ((code == INSN || code == JUMP_INSN || code == CALL_INSN)
7156 && reg_mentioned_p (reg, PATTERN (p))
7157 && ! maybe_eliminate_biv_1 (PATTERN (p), p, bl, eliminate_p, where))
7158 {
7159 if (loop_dump_stream)
7160 fprintf (loop_dump_stream,
7161 "Cannot eliminate biv %d: biv used in insn %d.\n",
7162 bl->regno, INSN_UID (p));
7163 break;
7164 }
7165 }
7166
7167 if (p == end)
7168 {
7169 if (loop_dump_stream)
7170 fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "biv %d %s eliminated.\n",
7171 bl->regno, eliminate_p ? "was" : "can be");
7172 return 1;
7173 }
7174
7175 return 0;
7176 }
7177 \f
7178 /* If BL appears in X (part of the pattern of INSN), see if we can
7179 eliminate its use. If so, return 1. If not, return 0.
7180
7181 If BIV does not appear in X, return 1.
7182
7183 If ELIMINATE_P is non-zero, actually do the elimination. WHERE indicates
7184 where extra insns should be added. Depending on how many items have been
7185 moved out of the loop, it will either be before INSN or at the start of
7186 the loop. */
7187
7188 static int
7189 maybe_eliminate_biv_1 (x, insn, bl, eliminate_p, where)
7190 rtx x, insn;
7191 struct iv_class *bl;
7192 int eliminate_p;
7193 rtx where;
7194 {
7195 enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (x);
7196 rtx reg = bl->biv->dest_reg;
7197 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (reg);
7198 struct induction *v;
7199 rtx arg, tem;
7200 #ifdef HAVE_cc0
7201 rtx new;
7202 #endif
7203 int arg_operand;
7204 char *fmt;
7205 int i, j;
7206
7207 switch (code)
7208 {
7209 case REG:
7210 /* If we haven't already been able to do something with this BIV,
7211 we can't eliminate it. */
7212 if (x == reg)
7213 return 0;
7214 return 1;
7215
7216 case SET:
7217 /* If this sets the BIV, it is not a problem. */
7218 if (SET_DEST (x) == reg)
7219 return 1;
7220
7221 /* If this is an insn that defines a giv, it is also ok because
7222 it will go away when the giv is reduced. */
7223 for (v = bl->giv; v; v = v->next_iv)
7224 if (v->giv_type == DEST_REG && SET_DEST (x) == v->dest_reg)
7225 return 1;
7226
7227 #ifdef HAVE_cc0
7228 if (SET_DEST (x) == cc0_rtx && SET_SRC (x) == reg)
7229 {
7230 /* Can replace with any giv that was reduced and
7231 that has (MULT_VAL != 0) and (ADD_VAL == 0).
7232 Require a constant for MULT_VAL, so we know it's nonzero.
7233 ??? We disable this optimization to avoid potential
7234 overflows. */
7235
7236 for (v = bl->giv; v; v = v->next_iv)
7237 if (CONSTANT_P (v->mult_val) && v->mult_val != const0_rtx
7238 && v->add_val == const0_rtx
7239 && ! v->ignore && ! v->maybe_dead && v->always_computable
7240 && v->mode == mode
7241 && 0)
7242 {
7243 /* If the giv V had the auto-inc address optimization applied
7244 to it, and INSN occurs between the giv insn and the biv
7245 insn, then we must adjust the value used here.
7246 This is rare, so we don't bother to do so. */
7247 if (v->auto_inc_opt
7248 && ((INSN_LUID (v->insn) < INSN_LUID (insn)
7249 && INSN_LUID (insn) < INSN_LUID (bl->biv->insn))
7250 || (INSN_LUID (v->insn) > INSN_LUID (insn)
7251 && INSN_LUID (insn) > INSN_LUID (bl->biv->insn))))
7252 continue;
7253
7254 if (! eliminate_p)
7255 return 1;
7256
7257 /* If the giv has the opposite direction of change,
7258 then reverse the comparison. */
7259 if (INTVAL (v->mult_val) < 0)
7260 new = gen_rtx_COMPARE (GET_MODE (v->new_reg),
7261 const0_rtx, v->new_reg);
7262 else
7263 new = v->new_reg;
7264
7265 /* We can probably test that giv's reduced reg. */
7266 if (validate_change (insn, &SET_SRC (x), new, 0))
7267 return 1;
7268 }
7269
7270 /* Look for a giv with (MULT_VAL != 0) and (ADD_VAL != 0);
7271 replace test insn with a compare insn (cmp REDUCED_GIV ADD_VAL).
7272 Require a constant for MULT_VAL, so we know it's nonzero.
7273 ??? Do this only if ADD_VAL is a pointer to avoid a potential
7274 overflow problem. */
7275
7276 for (v = bl->giv; v; v = v->next_iv)
7277 if (CONSTANT_P (v->mult_val) && v->mult_val != const0_rtx
7278 && ! v->ignore && ! v->maybe_dead && v->always_computable
7279 && v->mode == mode
7280 && (GET_CODE (v->add_val) == SYMBOL_REF
7281 || GET_CODE (v->add_val) == LABEL_REF
7282 || GET_CODE (v->add_val) == CONST
7283 || (GET_CODE (v->add_val) == REG
7284 && REGNO_POINTER_FLAG (REGNO (v->add_val)))))
7285 {
7286 /* If the giv V had the auto-inc address optimization applied
7287 to it, and INSN occurs between the giv insn and the biv
7288 insn, then we must adjust the value used here.
7289 This is rare, so we don't bother to do so. */
7290 if (v->auto_inc_opt
7291 && ((INSN_LUID (v->insn) < INSN_LUID (insn)
7292 && INSN_LUID (insn) < INSN_LUID (bl->biv->insn))
7293 || (INSN_LUID (v->insn) > INSN_LUID (insn)
7294 && INSN_LUID (insn) > INSN_LUID (bl->biv->insn))))
7295 continue;
7296
7297 if (! eliminate_p)
7298 return 1;
7299
7300 /* If the giv has the opposite direction of change,
7301 then reverse the comparison. */
7302 if (INTVAL (v->mult_val) < 0)
7303 new = gen_rtx_COMPARE (VOIDmode, copy_rtx (v->add_val),
7304 v->new_reg);
7305 else
7306 new = gen_rtx_COMPARE (VOIDmode, v->new_reg,
7307 copy_rtx (v->add_val));
7308
7309 /* Replace biv with the giv's reduced register. */
7310 update_reg_last_use (v->add_val, insn);
7311 if (validate_change (insn, &SET_SRC (PATTERN (insn)), new, 0))
7312 return 1;
7313
7314 /* Insn doesn't support that constant or invariant. Copy it
7315 into a register (it will be a loop invariant.) */
7316 tem = gen_reg_rtx (GET_MODE (v->new_reg));
7317
7318 emit_insn_before (gen_move_insn (tem, copy_rtx (v->add_val)),
7319 where);
7320
7321 /* Substitute the new register for its invariant value in
7322 the compare expression. */
7323 XEXP (new, (INTVAL (v->mult_val) < 0) ? 0 : 1) = tem;
7324 if (validate_change (insn, &SET_SRC (PATTERN (insn)), new, 0))
7325 return 1;
7326 }
7327 }
7328 #endif
7329 break;
7330
7331 case COMPARE:
7332 case EQ: case NE:
7333 case GT: case GE: case GTU: case GEU:
7334 case LT: case LE: case LTU: case LEU:
7335 /* See if either argument is the biv. */
7336 if (XEXP (x, 0) == reg)
7337 arg = XEXP (x, 1), arg_operand = 1;
7338 else if (XEXP (x, 1) == reg)
7339 arg = XEXP (x, 0), arg_operand = 0;
7340 else
7341 break;
7342
7343 if (CONSTANT_P (arg))
7344 {
7345 /* First try to replace with any giv that has constant positive
7346 mult_val and constant add_val. We might be able to support
7347 negative mult_val, but it seems complex to do it in general. */
7348
7349 for (v = bl->giv; v; v = v->next_iv)
7350 if (CONSTANT_P (v->mult_val) && INTVAL (v->mult_val) > 0
7351 && (GET_CODE (v->add_val) == SYMBOL_REF
7352 || GET_CODE (v->add_val) == LABEL_REF
7353 || GET_CODE (v->add_val) == CONST
7354 || (GET_CODE (v->add_val) == REG
7355 && REGNO_POINTER_FLAG (REGNO (v->add_val))))
7356 && ! v->ignore && ! v->maybe_dead && v->always_computable
7357 && v->mode == mode)
7358 {
7359 /* If the giv V had the auto-inc address optimization applied
7360 to it, and INSN occurs between the giv insn and the biv
7361 insn, then we must adjust the value used here.
7362 This is rare, so we don't bother to do so. */
7363 if (v->auto_inc_opt
7364 && ((INSN_LUID (v->insn) < INSN_LUID (insn)
7365 && INSN_LUID (insn) < INSN_LUID (bl->biv->insn))
7366 || (INSN_LUID (v->insn) > INSN_LUID (insn)
7367 && INSN_LUID (insn) > INSN_LUID (bl->biv->insn))))
7368 continue;
7369
7370 if (! eliminate_p)
7371 return 1;
7372
7373 /* Replace biv with the giv's reduced reg. */
7374 XEXP (x, 1-arg_operand) = v->new_reg;
7375
7376 /* If all constants are actually constant integers and
7377 the derived constant can be directly placed in the COMPARE,
7378 do so. */
7379 if (GET_CODE (arg) == CONST_INT
7380 && GET_CODE (v->mult_val) == CONST_INT
7381 && GET_CODE (v->add_val) == CONST_INT
7382 && validate_change (insn, &XEXP (x, arg_operand),
7383 GEN_INT (INTVAL (arg)
7384 * INTVAL (v->mult_val)
7385 + INTVAL (v->add_val)), 0))
7386 return 1;
7387
7388 /* Otherwise, load it into a register. */
7389 tem = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
7390 emit_iv_add_mult (arg, v->mult_val, v->add_val, tem, where);
7391 if (validate_change (insn, &XEXP (x, arg_operand), tem, 0))
7392 return 1;
7393
7394 /* If that failed, put back the change we made above. */
7395 XEXP (x, 1-arg_operand) = reg;
7396 }
7397
7398 /* Look for giv with positive constant mult_val and nonconst add_val.
7399 Insert insns to calculate new compare value.
7400 ??? Turn this off due to possible overflow. */
7401
7402 for (v = bl->giv; v; v = v->next_iv)
7403 if (CONSTANT_P (v->mult_val) && INTVAL (v->mult_val) > 0
7404 && ! v->ignore && ! v->maybe_dead && v->always_computable
7405 && v->mode == mode
7406 && 0)
7407 {
7408 rtx tem;
7409
7410 /* If the giv V had the auto-inc address optimization applied
7411 to it, and INSN occurs between the giv insn and the biv
7412 insn, then we must adjust the value used here.
7413 This is rare, so we don't bother to do so. */
7414 if (v->auto_inc_opt
7415 && ((INSN_LUID (v->insn) < INSN_LUID (insn)
7416 && INSN_LUID (insn) < INSN_LUID (bl->biv->insn))
7417 || (INSN_LUID (v->insn) > INSN_LUID (insn)
7418 && INSN_LUID (insn) > INSN_LUID (bl->biv->insn))))
7419 continue;
7420
7421 if (! eliminate_p)
7422 return 1;
7423
7424 tem = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
7425
7426 /* Replace biv with giv's reduced register. */
7427 validate_change (insn, &XEXP (x, 1 - arg_operand),
7428 v->new_reg, 1);
7429
7430 /* Compute value to compare against. */
7431 emit_iv_add_mult (arg, v->mult_val, v->add_val, tem, where);
7432 /* Use it in this insn. */
7433 validate_change (insn, &XEXP (x, arg_operand), tem, 1);
7434 if (apply_change_group ())
7435 return 1;
7436 }
7437 }
7438 else if (GET_CODE (arg) == REG || GET_CODE (arg) == MEM)
7439 {
7440 if (invariant_p (arg) == 1)
7441 {
7442 /* Look for giv with constant positive mult_val and nonconst
7443 add_val. Insert insns to compute new compare value.
7444 ??? Turn this off due to possible overflow. */
7445
7446 for (v = bl->giv; v; v = v->next_iv)
7447 if (CONSTANT_P (v->mult_val) && INTVAL (v->mult_val) > 0
7448 && ! v->ignore && ! v->maybe_dead && v->always_computable
7449 && v->mode == mode
7450 && 0)
7451 {
7452 rtx tem;
7453
7454 /* If the giv V had the auto-inc address optimization applied
7455 to it, and INSN occurs between the giv insn and the biv
7456 insn, then we must adjust the value used here.
7457 This is rare, so we don't bother to do so. */
7458 if (v->auto_inc_opt
7459 && ((INSN_LUID (v->insn) < INSN_LUID (insn)
7460 && INSN_LUID (insn) < INSN_LUID (bl->biv->insn))
7461 || (INSN_LUID (v->insn) > INSN_LUID (insn)
7462 && INSN_LUID (insn) > INSN_LUID (bl->biv->insn))))
7463 continue;
7464
7465 if (! eliminate_p)
7466 return 1;
7467
7468 tem = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
7469
7470 /* Replace biv with giv's reduced register. */
7471 validate_change (insn, &XEXP (x, 1 - arg_operand),
7472 v->new_reg, 1);
7473
7474 /* Compute value to compare against. */
7475 emit_iv_add_mult (arg, v->mult_val, v->add_val,
7476 tem, where);
7477 validate_change (insn, &XEXP (x, arg_operand), tem, 1);
7478 if (apply_change_group ())
7479 return 1;
7480 }
7481 }
7482
7483 /* This code has problems. Basically, you can't know when
7484 seeing if we will eliminate BL, whether a particular giv
7485 of ARG will be reduced. If it isn't going to be reduced,
7486 we can't eliminate BL. We can try forcing it to be reduced,
7487 but that can generate poor code.
7488
7489 The problem is that the benefit of reducing TV, below should
7490 be increased if BL can actually be eliminated, but this means
7491 we might have to do a topological sort of the order in which
7492 we try to process biv. It doesn't seem worthwhile to do
7493 this sort of thing now. */
7494
7495 #if 0
7496 /* Otherwise the reg compared with had better be a biv. */
7497 if (GET_CODE (arg) != REG
7498 || reg_iv_type[REGNO (arg)] != BASIC_INDUCT)
7499 return 0;
7500
7501 /* Look for a pair of givs, one for each biv,
7502 with identical coefficients. */
7503 for (v = bl->giv; v; v = v->next_iv)
7504 {
7505 struct induction *tv;
7506
7507 if (v->ignore || v->maybe_dead || v->mode != mode)
7508 continue;
7509
7510 for (tv = reg_biv_class[REGNO (arg)]->giv; tv; tv = tv->next_iv)
7511 if (! tv->ignore && ! tv->maybe_dead
7512 && rtx_equal_p (tv->mult_val, v->mult_val)
7513 && rtx_equal_p (tv->add_val, v->add_val)
7514 && tv->mode == mode)
7515 {
7516 /* If the giv V had the auto-inc address optimization applied
7517 to it, and INSN occurs between the giv insn and the biv
7518 insn, then we must adjust the value used here.
7519 This is rare, so we don't bother to do so. */
7520 if (v->auto_inc_opt
7521 && ((INSN_LUID (v->insn) < INSN_LUID (insn)
7522 && INSN_LUID (insn) < INSN_LUID (bl->biv->insn))
7523 || (INSN_LUID (v->insn) > INSN_LUID (insn)
7524 && INSN_LUID (insn) > INSN_LUID (bl->biv->insn))))
7525 continue;
7526
7527 if (! eliminate_p)
7528 return 1;
7529
7530 /* Replace biv with its giv's reduced reg. */
7531 XEXP (x, 1-arg_operand) = v->new_reg;
7532 /* Replace other operand with the other giv's
7533 reduced reg. */
7534 XEXP (x, arg_operand) = tv->new_reg;
7535 return 1;
7536 }
7537 }
7538 #endif
7539 }
7540
7541 /* If we get here, the biv can't be eliminated. */
7542 return 0;
7543
7544 case MEM:
7545 /* If this address is a DEST_ADDR giv, it doesn't matter if the
7546 biv is used in it, since it will be replaced. */
7547 for (v = bl->giv; v; v = v->next_iv)
7548 if (v->giv_type == DEST_ADDR && v->location == &XEXP (x, 0))
7549 return 1;
7550 break;
7551
7552 default:
7553 break;
7554 }
7555
7556 /* See if any subexpression fails elimination. */
7557 fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code);
7558 for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
7559 {
7560 switch (fmt[i])
7561 {
7562 case 'e':
7563 if (! maybe_eliminate_biv_1 (XEXP (x, i), insn, bl,
7564 eliminate_p, where))
7565 return 0;
7566 break;
7567
7568 case 'E':
7569 for (j = XVECLEN (x, i) - 1; j >= 0; j--)
7570 if (! maybe_eliminate_biv_1 (XVECEXP (x, i, j), insn, bl,
7571 eliminate_p, where))
7572 return 0;
7573 break;
7574 }
7575 }
7576
7577 return 1;
7578 }
7579 \f
7580 /* Return nonzero if the last use of REG
7581 is in an insn following INSN in the same basic block. */
7582
7583 static int
7584 last_use_this_basic_block (reg, insn)
7585 rtx reg;
7586 rtx insn;
7587 {
7588 rtx n;
7589 for (n = insn;
7590 n && GET_CODE (n) != CODE_LABEL && GET_CODE (n) != JUMP_INSN;
7591 n = NEXT_INSN (n))
7592 {
7593 if (REGNO_LAST_UID (REGNO (reg)) == INSN_UID (n))
7594 return 1;
7595 }
7596 return 0;
7597 }
7598 \f
7599 /* Called via `note_stores' to record the initial value of a biv. Here we
7600 just record the location of the set and process it later. */
7601
7602 static void
7603 record_initial (dest, set)
7604 rtx dest;
7605 rtx set;
7606 {
7607 struct iv_class *bl;
7608
7609 if (GET_CODE (dest) != REG
7610 || REGNO (dest) >= max_reg_before_loop
7611 || reg_iv_type[REGNO (dest)] != BASIC_INDUCT)
7612 return;
7613
7614 bl = reg_biv_class[REGNO (dest)];
7615
7616 /* If this is the first set found, record it. */
7617 if (bl->init_insn == 0)
7618 {
7619 bl->init_insn = note_insn;
7620 bl->init_set = set;
7621 }
7622 }
7623 \f
7624 /* If any of the registers in X are "old" and currently have a last use earlier
7625 than INSN, update them to have a last use of INSN. Their actual last use
7626 will be the previous insn but it will not have a valid uid_luid so we can't
7627 use it. */
7628
7629 static void
7630 update_reg_last_use (x, insn)
7631 rtx x;
7632 rtx insn;
7633 {
7634 /* Check for the case where INSN does not have a valid luid. In this case,
7635 there is no need to modify the regno_last_uid, as this can only happen
7636 when code is inserted after the loop_end to set a pseudo's final value,
7637 and hence this insn will never be the last use of x. */
7638 if (GET_CODE (x) == REG && REGNO (x) < max_reg_before_loop
7639 && INSN_UID (insn) < max_uid_for_loop
7640 && uid_luid[REGNO_LAST_UID (REGNO (x))] < uid_luid[INSN_UID (insn)])
7641 REGNO_LAST_UID (REGNO (x)) = INSN_UID (insn);
7642 else
7643 {
7644 register int i, j;
7645 register char *fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (GET_CODE (x));
7646 for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (GET_CODE (x)) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
7647 {
7648 if (fmt[i] == 'e')
7649 update_reg_last_use (XEXP (x, i), insn);
7650 else if (fmt[i] == 'E')
7651 for (j = XVECLEN (x, i) - 1; j >= 0; j--)
7652 update_reg_last_use (XVECEXP (x, i, j), insn);
7653 }
7654 }
7655 }
7656 \f
7657 /* Given a jump insn JUMP, return the condition that will cause it to branch
7658 to its JUMP_LABEL. If the condition cannot be understood, or is an
7659 inequality floating-point comparison which needs to be reversed, 0 will
7660 be returned.
7661
7662 If EARLIEST is non-zero, it is a pointer to a place where the earliest
7663 insn used in locating the condition was found. If a replacement test
7664 of the condition is desired, it should be placed in front of that
7665 insn and we will be sure that the inputs are still valid.
7666
7667 The condition will be returned in a canonical form to simplify testing by
7668 callers. Specifically:
7669
7670 (1) The code will always be a comparison operation (EQ, NE, GT, etc.).
7671 (2) Both operands will be machine operands; (cc0) will have been replaced.
7672 (3) If an operand is a constant, it will be the second operand.
7673 (4) (LE x const) will be replaced with (LT x <const+1>) and similarly
7674 for GE, GEU, and LEU. */
7675
7676 rtx
7677 get_condition (jump, earliest)
7678 rtx jump;
7679 rtx *earliest;
7680 {
7681 enum rtx_code code;
7682 rtx prev = jump;
7683 rtx set;
7684 rtx tem;
7685 rtx op0, op1;
7686 int reverse_code = 0;
7687 int did_reverse_condition = 0;
7688 enum machine_mode mode;
7689
7690 /* If this is not a standard conditional jump, we can't parse it. */
7691 if (GET_CODE (jump) != JUMP_INSN
7692 || ! condjump_p (jump) || simplejump_p (jump))
7693 return 0;
7694
7695 code = GET_CODE (XEXP (SET_SRC (PATTERN (jump)), 0));
7696 mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (SET_SRC (PATTERN (jump)), 0));
7697 op0 = XEXP (XEXP (SET_SRC (PATTERN (jump)), 0), 0);
7698 op1 = XEXP (XEXP (SET_SRC (PATTERN (jump)), 0), 1);
7699
7700 if (earliest)
7701 *earliest = jump;
7702
7703 /* If this branches to JUMP_LABEL when the condition is false, reverse
7704 the condition. */
7705 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (SET_SRC (PATTERN (jump)), 2)) == LABEL_REF
7706 && XEXP (XEXP (SET_SRC (PATTERN (jump)), 2), 0) == JUMP_LABEL (jump))
7707 code = reverse_condition (code), did_reverse_condition ^= 1;
7708
7709 /* If we are comparing a register with zero, see if the register is set
7710 in the previous insn to a COMPARE or a comparison operation. Perform
7711 the same tests as a function of STORE_FLAG_VALUE as find_comparison_args
7712 in cse.c */
7713
7714 while (GET_RTX_CLASS (code) == '<' && op1 == CONST0_RTX (GET_MODE (op0)))
7715 {
7716 /* Set non-zero when we find something of interest. */
7717 rtx x = 0;
7718
7719 #ifdef HAVE_cc0
7720 /* If comparison with cc0, import actual comparison from compare
7721 insn. */
7722 if (op0 == cc0_rtx)
7723 {
7724 if ((prev = prev_nonnote_insn (prev)) == 0
7725 || GET_CODE (prev) != INSN
7726 || (set = single_set (prev)) == 0
7727 || SET_DEST (set) != cc0_rtx)
7728 return 0;
7729
7730 op0 = SET_SRC (set);
7731 op1 = CONST0_RTX (GET_MODE (op0));
7732 if (earliest)
7733 *earliest = prev;
7734 }
7735 #endif
7736
7737 /* If this is a COMPARE, pick up the two things being compared. */
7738 if (GET_CODE (op0) == COMPARE)
7739 {
7740 op1 = XEXP (op0, 1);
7741 op0 = XEXP (op0, 0);
7742 continue;
7743 }
7744 else if (GET_CODE (op0) != REG)
7745 break;
7746
7747 /* Go back to the previous insn. Stop if it is not an INSN. We also
7748 stop if it isn't a single set or if it has a REG_INC note because
7749 we don't want to bother dealing with it. */
7750
7751 if ((prev = prev_nonnote_insn (prev)) == 0
7752 || GET_CODE (prev) != INSN
7753 || FIND_REG_INC_NOTE (prev, 0)
7754 || (set = single_set (prev)) == 0)
7755 break;
7756
7757 /* If this is setting OP0, get what it sets it to if it looks
7758 relevant. */
7759 if (rtx_equal_p (SET_DEST (set), op0))
7760 {
7761 enum machine_mode inner_mode = GET_MODE (SET_SRC (set));
7762
7763 /* ??? We may not combine comparisons done in a CCmode with
7764 comparisons not done in a CCmode. This is to aid targets
7765 like Alpha that have an IEEE compliant EQ instruction, and
7766 a non-IEEE compliant BEQ instruction. The use of CCmode is
7767 actually artificial, simply to prevent the combination, but
7768 should not affect other platforms.
7769
7770 However, we must allow VOIDmode comparisons to match either
7771 CCmode or non-CCmode comparison, because some ports have
7772 modeless comparisons inside branch patterns.
7773
7774 ??? This mode check should perhaps look more like the mode check
7775 in simplify_comparison in combine. */
7776
7777 if ((GET_CODE (SET_SRC (set)) == COMPARE
7778 || (((code == NE
7779 || (code == LT
7780 && GET_MODE_CLASS (inner_mode) == MODE_INT
7781 && (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (inner_mode)
7782 <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
7783 && (STORE_FLAG_VALUE
7784 & ((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1
7785 << (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (inner_mode) - 1))))
7786 #ifdef FLOAT_STORE_FLAG_VALUE
7787 || (code == LT
7788 && GET_MODE_CLASS (inner_mode) == MODE_FLOAT
7789 && FLOAT_STORE_FLAG_VALUE < 0)
7790 #endif
7791 ))
7792 && GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (SET_SRC (set))) == '<'))
7793 && (((GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_CC)
7794 == (GET_MODE_CLASS (inner_mode) == MODE_CC))
7795 || mode == VOIDmode || inner_mode == VOIDmode))
7796 x = SET_SRC (set);
7797 else if (((code == EQ
7798 || (code == GE
7799 && (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (inner_mode)
7800 <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
7801 && GET_MODE_CLASS (inner_mode) == MODE_INT
7802 && (STORE_FLAG_VALUE
7803 & ((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1
7804 << (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (inner_mode) - 1))))
7805 #ifdef FLOAT_STORE_FLAG_VALUE
7806 || (code == GE
7807 && GET_MODE_CLASS (inner_mode) == MODE_FLOAT
7808 && FLOAT_STORE_FLAG_VALUE < 0)
7809 #endif
7810 ))
7811 && GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (SET_SRC (set))) == '<'
7812 && (((GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_CC)
7813 == (GET_MODE_CLASS (inner_mode) == MODE_CC))
7814 || mode == VOIDmode || inner_mode == VOIDmode))
7815
7816 {
7817 /* We might have reversed a LT to get a GE here. But this wasn't
7818 actually the comparison of data, so we don't flag that we
7819 have had to reverse the condition. */
7820 did_reverse_condition ^= 1;
7821 reverse_code = 1;
7822 x = SET_SRC (set);
7823 }
7824 else
7825 break;
7826 }
7827
7828 else if (reg_set_p (op0, prev))
7829 /* If this sets OP0, but not directly, we have to give up. */
7830 break;
7831
7832 if (x)
7833 {
7834 if (GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (x)) == '<')
7835 code = GET_CODE (x);
7836 if (reverse_code)
7837 {
7838 code = reverse_condition (code);
7839 did_reverse_condition ^= 1;
7840 reverse_code = 0;
7841 }
7842
7843 op0 = XEXP (x, 0), op1 = XEXP (x, 1);
7844 if (earliest)
7845 *earliest = prev;
7846 }
7847 }
7848
7849 /* If constant is first, put it last. */
7850 if (CONSTANT_P (op0))
7851 code = swap_condition (code), tem = op0, op0 = op1, op1 = tem;
7852
7853 /* If OP0 is the result of a comparison, we weren't able to find what
7854 was really being compared, so fail. */
7855 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (op0)) == MODE_CC)
7856 return 0;
7857
7858 /* Canonicalize any ordered comparison with integers involving equality
7859 if we can do computations in the relevant mode and we do not
7860 overflow. */
7861
7862 if (GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_INT
7863 && GET_MODE (op0) != VOIDmode
7864 && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (op0)) <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
7865 {
7866 HOST_WIDE_INT const_val = INTVAL (op1);
7867 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT uconst_val = const_val;
7868 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT max_val
7869 = (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) GET_MODE_MASK (GET_MODE (op0));
7870
7871 switch (code)
7872 {
7873 case LE:
7874 if (const_val != max_val >> 1)
7875 code = LT, op1 = GEN_INT (const_val + 1);
7876 break;
7877
7878 /* When cross-compiling, const_val might be sign-extended from
7879 BITS_PER_WORD to HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT */
7880 case GE:
7881 if ((const_val & max_val)
7882 != (((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1
7883 << (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (op0)) - 1))))
7884 code = GT, op1 = GEN_INT (const_val - 1);
7885 break;
7886
7887 case LEU:
7888 if (uconst_val < max_val)
7889 code = LTU, op1 = GEN_INT (uconst_val + 1);
7890 break;
7891
7892 case GEU:
7893 if (uconst_val != 0)
7894 code = GTU, op1 = GEN_INT (uconst_val - 1);
7895 break;
7896
7897 default:
7898 break;
7899 }
7900 }
7901
7902 /* If this was floating-point and we reversed anything other than an
7903 EQ or NE, return zero. */
7904 if (TARGET_FLOAT_FORMAT == IEEE_FLOAT_FORMAT
7905 && did_reverse_condition && code != NE && code != EQ
7906 && ! flag_fast_math
7907 && GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (op0)) == MODE_FLOAT)
7908 return 0;
7909
7910 #ifdef HAVE_cc0
7911 /* Never return CC0; return zero instead. */
7912 if (op0 == cc0_rtx)
7913 return 0;
7914 #endif
7915
7916 return gen_rtx_fmt_ee (code, VOIDmode, op0, op1);
7917 }
7918
7919 /* Similar to above routine, except that we also put an invariant last
7920 unless both operands are invariants. */
7921
7922 rtx
7923 get_condition_for_loop (x)
7924 rtx x;
7925 {
7926 rtx comparison = get_condition (x, NULL_PTR);
7927
7928 if (comparison == 0
7929 || ! invariant_p (XEXP (comparison, 0))
7930 || invariant_p (XEXP (comparison, 1)))
7931 return comparison;
7932
7933 return gen_rtx_fmt_ee (swap_condition (GET_CODE (comparison)), VOIDmode,
7934 XEXP (comparison, 1), XEXP (comparison, 0));
7935 }
7936
7937 #ifdef HAVE_decrement_and_branch_on_count
7938 /* Instrument loop for insertion of bct instruction. We distinguish between
7939 loops with compile-time bounds and those with run-time bounds.
7940 Information from loop_iterations() is used to compute compile-time bounds.
7941 Run-time bounds should use loop preconditioning, but currently ignored.
7942 */
7943
7944 static void
7945 insert_bct (loop_start, loop_end)
7946 rtx loop_start, loop_end;
7947 {
7948 int i;
7949 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT n_iterations;
7950 rtx insn;
7951
7952 int increment_direction, compare_direction;
7953
7954 /* If the loop condition is <= or >=, the number of iteration
7955 is 1 more than the range of the bounds of the loop. */
7956 int add_iteration = 0;
7957
7958 enum machine_mode loop_var_mode = word_mode;
7959
7960 int loop_num = uid_loop_num [INSN_UID (loop_start)];
7961
7962 /* It's impossible to instrument a competely unrolled loop. */
7963 if (loop_unroll_factor [loop_num] == -1)
7964 return;
7965
7966 /* Make sure that the count register is not in use. */
7967 if (loop_used_count_register [loop_num])
7968 {
7969 if (loop_dump_stream)
7970 fprintf (loop_dump_stream,
7971 "insert_bct %d: BCT instrumentation failed: count register already in use\n",
7972 loop_num);
7973 return;
7974 }
7975
7976 /* Make sure that the function has no indirect jumps. */
7977 if (indirect_jump_in_function)
7978 {
7979 if (loop_dump_stream)
7980 fprintf (loop_dump_stream,
7981 "insert_bct %d: BCT instrumentation failed: indirect jump in function\n",
7982 loop_num);
7983 return;
7984 }
7985
7986 /* Make sure that the last loop insn is a conditional jump. */
7987 if (GET_CODE (PREV_INSN (loop_end)) != JUMP_INSN
7988 || ! condjump_p (PREV_INSN (loop_end))
7989 || simplejump_p (PREV_INSN (loop_end)))
7990 {
7991 if (loop_dump_stream)
7992 fprintf (loop_dump_stream,
7993 "insert_bct %d: BCT instrumentation failed: invalid jump at loop end\n",
7994 loop_num);
7995 return;
7996 }
7997
7998 /* Make sure that the loop does not contain a function call
7999 (the count register might be altered by the called function). */
8000 if (loop_has_call)
8001 {
8002 if (loop_dump_stream)
8003 fprintf (loop_dump_stream,
8004 "insert_bct %d: BCT instrumentation failed: function call in loop\n",
8005 loop_num);
8006 return;
8007 }
8008
8009 /* Make sure that the loop does not jump via a table.
8010 (the count register might be used to perform the branch on table). */
8011 for (insn = loop_start; insn && insn != loop_end; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
8012 {
8013 if (GET_CODE (insn) == JUMP_INSN
8014 && (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == ADDR_DIFF_VEC
8015 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == ADDR_VEC))
8016 {
8017 if (loop_dump_stream)
8018 fprintf (loop_dump_stream,
8019 "insert_bct %d: BCT instrumentation failed: computed branch in the loop\n",
8020 loop_num);
8021 return;
8022 }
8023 }
8024
8025 /* Account for loop unrolling in instrumented iteration count. */
8026 if (loop_unroll_factor [loop_num] > 1)
8027 n_iterations = loop_n_iterations / loop_unroll_factor [loop_num];
8028 else
8029 n_iterations = loop_n_iterations;
8030
8031 if (n_iterations != 0 && n_iterations < 3)
8032 {
8033 /* Allow an enclosing outer loop to benefit if possible. */
8034 if (loop_dump_stream)
8035 fprintf (loop_dump_stream,
8036 "insert_bct %d: Too few iterations to benefit from BCT optimization\n",
8037 loop_num);
8038 return;
8039 }
8040
8041 /* Try to instrument the loop. */
8042
8043 /* Handle the simpler case, where the bounds are known at compile time. */
8044 if (n_iterations > 0)
8045 {
8046 /* Mark all enclosing loops that they cannot use count register. */
8047 for (i=loop_num; i != -1; i = loop_outer_loop[i])
8048 loop_used_count_register[i] = 1;
8049 instrument_loop_bct (loop_start, loop_end, GEN_INT (n_iterations));
8050 return;
8051 }
8052
8053 /* Handle the more complex case, that the bounds are NOT known
8054 at compile time. In this case we generate run_time calculation
8055 of the number of iterations. */
8056
8057 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (loop_iteration_var)) != MODE_INT
8058 || GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (loop_iteration_var)) != UNITS_PER_WORD)
8059 {
8060 if (loop_dump_stream)
8061 fprintf (loop_dump_stream,
8062 "insert_bct %d: BCT Instrumentation failed: loop variable not integer\n",
8063 loop_num);
8064 return;
8065 }
8066
8067 /* With runtime bounds, if the compare is of the form '!=' we give up */
8068 if (loop_comparison_code == NE)
8069 {
8070 if (loop_dump_stream)
8071 fprintf (loop_dump_stream,
8072 "insert_bct %d: runtime bounds with != comparison\n",
8073 loop_num);
8074 return;
8075 }
8076 /* Use common loop preconditioning code instead. */
8077 #if 0
8078 else
8079 {
8080 /* We rely on the existence of run-time guard to ensure that the
8081 loop executes at least once. */
8082 rtx sequence;
8083 rtx iterations_num_reg;
8084
8085 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT increment_value_abs
8086 = INTVAL (increment) * increment_direction;
8087
8088 /* make sure that the increment is a power of two, otherwise (an
8089 expensive) divide is needed. */
8090 if (exact_log2 (increment_value_abs) == -1)
8091 {
8092 if (loop_dump_stream)
8093 fprintf (loop_dump_stream,
8094 "insert_bct: not instrumenting BCT because the increment is not power of 2\n");
8095 return;
8096 }
8097
8098 /* compute the number of iterations */
8099 start_sequence ();
8100 {
8101 rtx temp_reg;
8102
8103 /* Again, the number of iterations is calculated by:
8104 ;
8105 ; compare-val - initial-val + (increment -1) + additional-iteration
8106 ; num_iterations = -----------------------------------------------------------------
8107 ; increment
8108 */
8109 /* ??? Do we have to call copy_rtx here before passing rtx to
8110 expand_binop? */
8111 if (compare_direction > 0)
8112 {
8113 /* <, <= :the loop variable is increasing */
8114 temp_reg = expand_binop (loop_var_mode, sub_optab,
8115 comparison_value, initial_value,
8116 NULL_RTX, 0, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN);
8117 }
8118 else
8119 {
8120 temp_reg = expand_binop (loop_var_mode, sub_optab,
8121 initial_value, comparison_value,
8122 NULL_RTX, 0, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN);
8123 }
8124
8125 if (increment_value_abs - 1 + add_iteration != 0)
8126 temp_reg = expand_binop (loop_var_mode, add_optab, temp_reg,
8127 GEN_INT (increment_value_abs - 1
8128 + add_iteration),
8129 NULL_RTX, 0, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN);
8130
8131 if (increment_value_abs != 1)
8132 {
8133 /* ??? This will generate an expensive divide instruction for
8134 most targets. The original authors apparently expected this
8135 to be a shift, since they test for power-of-2 divisors above,
8136 but just naively generating a divide instruction will not give
8137 a shift. It happens to work for the PowerPC target because
8138 the rs6000.md file has a divide pattern that emits shifts.
8139 It will probably not work for any other target. */
8140 iterations_num_reg = expand_binop (loop_var_mode, sdiv_optab,
8141 temp_reg,
8142 GEN_INT (increment_value_abs),
8143 NULL_RTX, 0, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN);
8144 }
8145 else
8146 iterations_num_reg = temp_reg;
8147 }
8148 sequence = gen_sequence ();
8149 end_sequence ();
8150 emit_insn_before (sequence, loop_start);
8151 instrument_loop_bct (loop_start, loop_end, iterations_num_reg);
8152 }
8153
8154 return;
8155 #endif /* Complex case */
8156 }
8157
8158 /* Instrument loop by inserting a bct in it as follows:
8159 1. A new counter register is created.
8160 2. In the head of the loop the new variable is initialized to the value
8161 passed in the loop_num_iterations parameter.
8162 3. At the end of the loop, comparison of the register with 0 is generated.
8163 The created comparison follows the pattern defined for the
8164 decrement_and_branch_on_count insn, so this insn will be generated.
8165 4. The branch on the old variable are deleted. The compare must remain
8166 because it might be used elsewhere. If the loop-variable or condition
8167 register are used elsewhere, they will be eliminated by flow. */
8168
8169 static void
8170 instrument_loop_bct (loop_start, loop_end, loop_num_iterations)
8171 rtx loop_start, loop_end;
8172 rtx loop_num_iterations;
8173 {
8174 rtx counter_reg;
8175 rtx start_label;
8176 rtx sequence;
8177
8178 if (HAVE_decrement_and_branch_on_count)
8179 {
8180 if (loop_dump_stream)
8181 {
8182 fputs ("instrument_bct: Inserting BCT (", loop_dump_stream);
8183 if (GET_CODE (loop_num_iterations) == CONST_INT)
8184 fprintf (loop_dump_stream, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC,
8185 INTVAL (loop_num_iterations));
8186 else
8187 fputs ("runtime", loop_dump_stream);
8188 fputs (" iterations)", loop_dump_stream);
8189 }
8190
8191 /* Discard original jump to continue loop. Original compare result
8192 may still be live, so it cannot be discarded explicitly. */
8193 delete_insn (PREV_INSN (loop_end));
8194
8195 /* Insert the label which will delimit the start of the loop. */
8196 start_label = gen_label_rtx ();
8197 emit_label_after (start_label, loop_start);
8198
8199 /* Insert initialization of the count register into the loop header. */
8200 start_sequence ();
8201 counter_reg = gen_reg_rtx (word_mode);
8202 emit_insn (gen_move_insn (counter_reg, loop_num_iterations));
8203 sequence = gen_sequence ();
8204 end_sequence ();
8205 emit_insn_before (sequence, loop_start);
8206
8207 /* Insert new comparison on the count register instead of the
8208 old one, generating the needed BCT pattern (that will be
8209 later recognized by assembly generation phase). */
8210 emit_jump_insn_before (gen_decrement_and_branch_on_count (counter_reg,
8211 start_label),
8212 loop_end);
8213 LABEL_NUSES (start_label)++;
8214 }
8215
8216 }
8217 #endif /* HAVE_decrement_and_branch_on_count */
8218
8219 /* Scan the function and determine whether it has indirect (computed) jumps.
8220
8221 This is taken mostly from flow.c; similar code exists elsewhere
8222 in the compiler. It may be useful to put this into rtlanal.c. */
8223 static int
8224 indirect_jump_in_function_p (start)
8225 rtx start;
8226 {
8227 rtx insn;
8228
8229 for (insn = start; insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
8230 if (computed_jump_p (insn))
8231 return 1;
8232
8233 return 0;
8234 }
8235
8236 /* Add MEM to the LOOP_MEMS array, if appropriate. See the
8237 documentation for LOOP_MEMS for the definition of `appropriate'.
8238 This function is called from prescan_loop via for_each_rtx. */
8239
8240 static int
8241 insert_loop_mem (mem, data)
8242 rtx *mem;
8243 void *data;
8244 {
8245 int i;
8246 rtx m = *mem;
8247
8248 if (m == NULL_RTX)
8249 return 0;
8250
8251 switch (GET_CODE (m))
8252 {
8253 case MEM:
8254 break;
8255
8256 case CONST_DOUBLE:
8257 /* We're not interested in the MEM associated with a
8258 CONST_DOUBLE, so there's no need to traverse into this. */
8259 return -1;
8260
8261 default:
8262 /* This is not a MEM. */
8263 return 0;
8264 }
8265
8266 /* See if we've already seen this MEM. */
8267 for (i = 0; i < loop_mems_idx; ++i)
8268 if (rtx_equal_p (m, loop_mems[i].mem))
8269 {
8270 if (GET_MODE (m) != GET_MODE (loop_mems[i].mem))
8271 /* The modes of the two memory accesses are different. If
8272 this happens, something tricky is going on, and we just
8273 don't optimize accesses to this MEM. */
8274 loop_mems[i].optimize = 0;
8275
8276 return 0;
8277 }
8278
8279 /* Resize the array, if necessary. */
8280 if (loop_mems_idx == loop_mems_allocated)
8281 {
8282 if (loop_mems_allocated != 0)
8283 loop_mems_allocated *= 2;
8284 else
8285 loop_mems_allocated = 32;
8286
8287 loop_mems = (loop_mem_info*)
8288 xrealloc (loop_mems,
8289 loop_mems_allocated * sizeof (loop_mem_info));
8290 }
8291
8292 /* Actually insert the MEM. */
8293 loop_mems[loop_mems_idx].mem = m;
8294 /* We can't hoist this MEM out of the loop if it's a BLKmode MEM
8295 because we can't put it in a register. We still store it in the
8296 table, though, so that if we see the same address later, but in a
8297 non-BLK mode, we'll not think we can optimize it at that point. */
8298 loop_mems[loop_mems_idx].optimize = (GET_MODE (m) != BLKmode);
8299 loop_mems[loop_mems_idx].reg = NULL_RTX;
8300 ++loop_mems_idx;
8301
8302 return 0;
8303 }
8304
8305 /* Like load_mems, but also ensures that N_TIMES_SET,
8306 MAY_NOT_OPTIMIZE, REG_SINGLE_USAGE, and INSN_COUNT have the correct
8307 values after load_mems. */
8308
8309 static void
8310 load_mems_and_recount_loop_regs_set (scan_start, end, loop_top, start,
8311 reg_single_usage, insn_count)
8312 rtx scan_start;
8313 rtx end;
8314 rtx loop_top;
8315 rtx start;
8316 varray_type reg_single_usage;
8317 int *insn_count;
8318 {
8319 int nregs = max_reg_num ();
8320
8321 load_mems (scan_start, end, loop_top, start);
8322
8323 /* Recalculate n_times_set and friends since load_mems may have
8324 created new registers. */
8325 if (max_reg_num () > nregs)
8326 {
8327 int i;
8328 int old_nregs;
8329
8330 old_nregs = nregs;
8331 nregs = max_reg_num ();
8332
8333 if (nregs > n_times_set->num_elements)
8334 {
8335 /* Grow all the arrays. */
8336 VARRAY_GROW (n_times_set, nregs);
8337 VARRAY_GROW (n_times_used, nregs);
8338 VARRAY_GROW (may_not_optimize, nregs);
8339 if (reg_single_usage)
8340 VARRAY_GROW (reg_single_usage, nregs);
8341 }
8342 /* Clear the arrays */
8343 bzero ((char *) &n_times_set->data, nregs * sizeof (int));
8344 bzero ((char *) &may_not_optimize->data, nregs * sizeof (char));
8345 if (reg_single_usage)
8346 bzero ((char *) &reg_single_usage->data, nregs * sizeof (rtx));
8347
8348 count_loop_regs_set (loop_top ? loop_top : start, end,
8349 may_not_optimize, reg_single_usage,
8350 insn_count, nregs);
8351
8352 for (i = 0; i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i++)
8353 {
8354 VARRAY_CHAR (may_not_optimize, i) = 1;
8355 VARRAY_INT (n_times_set, i) = 1;
8356 }
8357
8358 #ifdef AVOID_CCMODE_COPIES
8359 /* Don't try to move insns which set CC registers if we should not
8360 create CCmode register copies. */
8361 for (i = max_reg_num () - 1; i >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i--)
8362 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (regno_reg_rtx[i])) == MODE_CC)
8363 VARRAY_CHAR (may_not_optimize, i) = 1;
8364 #endif
8365
8366 /* Set n_times_used for the new registers. */
8367 bcopy ((char *) (&n_times_set->data.i[0] + old_nregs),
8368 (char *) (&n_times_used->data.i[0] + old_nregs),
8369 (nregs - old_nregs) * sizeof (int));
8370 }
8371 }
8372
8373 /* Move MEMs into registers for the duration of the loop. SCAN_START
8374 is the first instruction in the loop (as it is executed). The
8375 other parameters are as for next_insn_in_loop. */
8376
8377 static void
8378 load_mems (scan_start, end, loop_top, start)
8379 rtx scan_start;
8380 rtx end;
8381 rtx loop_top;
8382 rtx start;
8383 {
8384 int maybe_never = 0;
8385 int i;
8386 rtx p;
8387 rtx label = NULL_RTX;
8388 rtx end_label;
8389
8390 if (loop_mems_idx > 0)
8391 {
8392 /* Nonzero if the next instruction may never be executed. */
8393 int next_maybe_never = 0;
8394
8395 /* Check to see if it's possible that some instructions in the
8396 loop are never executed. */
8397 for (p = next_insn_in_loop (scan_start, scan_start, end, loop_top);
8398 p != NULL_RTX && !maybe_never;
8399 p = next_insn_in_loop (p, scan_start, end, loop_top))
8400 {
8401 if (GET_CODE (p) == CODE_LABEL)
8402 maybe_never = 1;
8403 else if (GET_CODE (p) == JUMP_INSN
8404 /* If we enter the loop in the middle, and scan
8405 around to the beginning, don't set maybe_never
8406 for that. This must be an unconditional jump,
8407 otherwise the code at the top of the loop might
8408 never be executed. Unconditional jumps are
8409 followed a by barrier then loop end. */
8410 && ! (GET_CODE (p) == JUMP_INSN
8411 && JUMP_LABEL (p) == loop_top
8412 && NEXT_INSN (NEXT_INSN (p)) == end
8413 && simplejump_p (p)))
8414 {
8415 if (!condjump_p (p))
8416 /* Something complicated. */
8417 maybe_never = 1;
8418 else
8419 /* If there are any more instructions in the loop, they
8420 might not be reached. */
8421 next_maybe_never = 1;
8422 }
8423 else if (next_maybe_never)
8424 maybe_never = 1;
8425 }
8426
8427 /* Actually move the MEMs. */
8428 for (i = 0; i < loop_mems_idx; ++i)
8429 {
8430 int j;
8431 int written = 0;
8432 rtx reg;
8433 rtx mem = loop_mems[i].mem;
8434
8435 if (MEM_VOLATILE_P (mem)
8436 || invariant_p (XEXP (mem, 0)) != 1)
8437 /* There's no telling whether or not MEM is modified. */
8438 loop_mems[i].optimize = 0;
8439
8440 /* Go through the MEMs written to in the loop to see if this
8441 one is aliased by one of them. */
8442 for (j = 0; j < loop_store_mems_idx; ++j)
8443 {
8444 if (rtx_equal_p (mem, loop_store_mems[j]))
8445 written = 1;
8446 else if (true_dependence (loop_store_mems[j], VOIDmode,
8447 mem, rtx_varies_p))
8448 {
8449 /* MEM is indeed aliased by this store. */
8450 loop_mems[i].optimize = 0;
8451 break;
8452 }
8453 }
8454
8455 /* If this MEM is written to, we must be sure that there
8456 are no reads from another MEM that aliases this one. */
8457 if (loop_mems[i].optimize && written)
8458 {
8459 int j;
8460
8461 for (j = 0; j < loop_mems_idx; ++j)
8462 {
8463 if (j == i)
8464 continue;
8465 else if (true_dependence (mem,
8466 VOIDmode,
8467 loop_mems[j].mem,
8468 rtx_varies_p))
8469 {
8470 /* It's not safe to hoist loop_mems[i] out of
8471 the loop because writes to it might not be
8472 seen by reads from loop_mems[j]. */
8473 loop_mems[i].optimize = 0;
8474 break;
8475 }
8476 }
8477 }
8478
8479 if (maybe_never && may_trap_p (mem))
8480 /* We can't access the MEM outside the loop; it might
8481 cause a trap that wouldn't have happened otherwise. */
8482 loop_mems[i].optimize = 0;
8483
8484 if (!loop_mems[i].optimize)
8485 /* We thought we were going to lift this MEM out of the
8486 loop, but later discovered that we could not. */
8487 continue;
8488
8489 /* Allocate a pseudo for this MEM. We set REG_USERVAR_P in
8490 order to keep scan_loop from moving stores to this MEM
8491 out of the loop just because this REG is neither a
8492 user-variable nor used in the loop test. */
8493 reg = gen_reg_rtx (GET_MODE (mem));
8494 REG_USERVAR_P (reg) = 1;
8495 loop_mems[i].reg = reg;
8496
8497 /* Now, replace all references to the MEM with the
8498 corresponding pesudos. */
8499 for (p = next_insn_in_loop (scan_start, scan_start, end, loop_top);
8500 p != NULL_RTX;
8501 p = next_insn_in_loop (p, scan_start, end, loop_top))
8502 {
8503 rtx_and_int ri;
8504 ri.r = p;
8505 ri.i = i;
8506 for_each_rtx (&p, replace_loop_mem, &ri);
8507 }
8508
8509 if (!apply_change_group ())
8510 /* We couldn't replace all occurrences of the MEM. */
8511 loop_mems[i].optimize = 0;
8512 else
8513 {
8514 rtx set;
8515
8516 /* Load the memory immediately before START, which is
8517 the NOTE_LOOP_BEG. */
8518 set = gen_rtx_SET (GET_MODE (reg), reg, mem);
8519 emit_insn_before (set, start);
8520
8521 if (written)
8522 {
8523 if (label == NULL_RTX)
8524 {
8525 /* We must compute the former
8526 right-after-the-end label before we insert
8527 the new one. */
8528 end_label = next_label (end);
8529 label = gen_label_rtx ();
8530 emit_label_after (label, end);
8531 }
8532
8533 /* Store the memory immediately after END, which is
8534 the NOTE_LOOP_END. */
8535 set = gen_rtx_SET (GET_MODE (reg), copy_rtx (mem), reg);
8536 emit_insn_after (set, label);
8537 }
8538
8539 if (loop_dump_stream)
8540 {
8541 fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "Hoisted regno %d %s from ",
8542 REGNO (reg), (written ? "r/w" : "r/o"));
8543 print_rtl (loop_dump_stream, mem);
8544 fputc ('\n', loop_dump_stream);
8545 }
8546 }
8547 }
8548 }
8549
8550 if (label != NULL_RTX)
8551 {
8552 /* Now, we need to replace all references to the previous exit
8553 label with the new one. */
8554 rtx_pair rr;
8555 rr.r1 = end_label;
8556 rr.r2 = label;
8557
8558 for (p = start; p != end; p = NEXT_INSN (p))
8559 {
8560 for_each_rtx (&p, replace_label, &rr);
8561
8562 /* If this is a JUMP_INSN, then we also need to fix the JUMP_LABEL
8563 field. This is not handled by for_each_rtx because it doesn't
8564 handle unprinted ('0') fields. We need to update JUMP_LABEL
8565 because the immediately following unroll pass will use it.
8566 replace_label would not work anyways, because that only handles
8567 LABEL_REFs. */
8568 if (GET_CODE (p) == JUMP_INSN && JUMP_LABEL (p) == end_label)
8569 JUMP_LABEL (p) = label;
8570 }
8571 }
8572 }
8573
8574 /* Replace MEM with its associated pseudo register. This function is
8575 called from load_mems via for_each_rtx. DATA is actually an
8576 rtx_and_int * describing the instruction currently being scanned
8577 and the MEM we are currently replacing. */
8578
8579 static int
8580 replace_loop_mem (mem, data)
8581 rtx *mem;
8582 void *data;
8583 {
8584 rtx_and_int *ri;
8585 rtx insn;
8586 int i;
8587 rtx m = *mem;
8588
8589 if (m == NULL_RTX)
8590 return 0;
8591
8592 switch (GET_CODE (m))
8593 {
8594 case MEM:
8595 break;
8596
8597 case CONST_DOUBLE:
8598 /* We're not interested in the MEM associated with a
8599 CONST_DOUBLE, so there's no need to traverse into one. */
8600 return -1;
8601
8602 default:
8603 /* This is not a MEM. */
8604 return 0;
8605 }
8606
8607 ri = (rtx_and_int*) data;
8608 i = ri->i;
8609
8610 if (!rtx_equal_p (loop_mems[i].mem, m))
8611 /* This is not the MEM we are currently replacing. */
8612 return 0;
8613
8614 insn = ri->r;
8615
8616 /* Actually replace the MEM. */
8617 validate_change (insn, mem, loop_mems[i].reg, 1);
8618
8619 return 0;
8620 }
8621
8622 /* Replace occurrences of the old exit label for the loop with the new
8623 one. DATA is an rtx_pair containing the old and new labels,
8624 respectively. */
8625
8626 static int
8627 replace_label (x, data)
8628 rtx *x;
8629 void *data;
8630 {
8631 rtx l = *x;
8632 rtx old_label = ((rtx_pair*) data)->r1;
8633 rtx new_label = ((rtx_pair*) data)->r2;
8634
8635 if (l == NULL_RTX)
8636 return 0;
8637
8638 if (GET_CODE (l) != LABEL_REF)
8639 return 0;
8640
8641 if (XEXP (l, 0) != old_label)
8642 return 0;
8643
8644 XEXP (l, 0) = new_label;
8645 ++LABEL_NUSES (new_label);
8646 --LABEL_NUSES (old_label);
8647
8648 return 0;
8649 }
8650